WO2023024910A1 - 一种通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023024910A1
WO2023024910A1 PCT/CN2022/111533 CN2022111533W WO2023024910A1 WO 2023024910 A1 WO2023024910 A1 WO 2023024910A1 CN 2022111533 W CN2022111533 W CN 2022111533W WO 2023024910 A1 WO2023024910 A1 WO 2023024910A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdu session
message
terminal device
service
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/111533
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
窦凤辉
金辉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023024910A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023024910A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/436—Interfacing a local distribution network, e.g. communicating with another STB or one or more peripheral devices inside the home
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • users have more and more electronic devices at the same time.
  • users can have mobile phones, tablet computers (PAD), smart TVs, personal computers (PC), smart watches, etc. capable electronic devices.
  • PAD tablet computers
  • PC personal computers
  • smart watches etc. capable electronic devices.
  • users may need to transfer media from one device to another.
  • a user uses a mobile phone to watch a video on a website on the way home, turns on the smart TV after returning home, and uses the smart TV to log in to the same account to continue watching the video, which is also a way to transfer media from one device to another device process. Then, when the user continues to watch the video on the smart TV, the smart TV needs to re-establish a connection with the video application server before starting to play the video. That is to say, during the media transfer process, when using the next device When continuing to receive media information, the next device needs to re-establish a connection with the application server, which results in a relatively long service interruption.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for reducing service interruption time during media transfer.
  • a first communication method is provided. This method can be executed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional module can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device. This terminal is referred to as a first terminal, for example.
  • the method includes: sending a first message, the first message is used to request to establish a first protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (session) for the first terminal device, and the first message further includes the first
  • the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, the second PDU session is the PDU session of the second terminal device, the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session are used for the second PDU session
  • a network device selects a second network device or establishes an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session; receives a second message from the first network device, and the second message includes a message for accepting the establishment of the first PDU session.
  • Information about a PDU session is used to request to establish a first protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (session) for the first terminal device, and the first message further includes the first
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the second PDU session is the PDU session of the second
  • an association relationship can be established between the first PDU session of the first terminal device and the second PDU session of the second terminal device, for example, service data can be transferred between PDU sessions with the association relationship, the first The service data of the PDU session can be transferred to the second PDU session, or the service data of the second PDU session can be transferred to the first PDU session. Regardless of the transfer, the first PDU session and the second PDU session are established PDU sessions.
  • the first message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate that the first terminal device requests to establish the first A PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • the first message may further include a first parameter, and the first parameter may explicitly indicate that the first PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established is a PDU session with an association relationship, so that the indication manner is clearer.
  • the second message further includes a second parameter
  • the second parameter uses The method of instructing the PDU session to perform data processing includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, wherein the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions having an associated relationship.
  • the network may send the second parameter to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device may specify the processing mode of the service data supported by the first PDU session.
  • the second The message includes QoS flow information configured by the second network device for the first terminal device for transmitting the first service.
  • the first terminal device can perform service data processing during the process of establishing the first PDU session, such as transferring service data from the second PDU session to the first PDU session, or transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session. Two PDU sessions are transmitted.
  • the second network device can configure QoS flow information for the first terminal device to transmit the first service, and then send it to the first terminal device through a second message.
  • the establishment process of the PDU session and the processing process of the service data can be completed synchronously, which can reduce execution steps and improve the processing efficiency of the service data.
  • the method further The method includes: receiving a third message from the first network device, where the third message includes QoS flow information configured by the second network device for the first terminal device for transmitting the first service.
  • the first terminal device may process service data after the establishment of the first PDU session is completed, then after the establishment of the first PDU session is completed, the second network device sends a third message to the first terminal device for transmission QoS flow information of the first service.
  • the processing flow in this manner can be better compatible with the existing PDU session establishment and other processes.
  • the fifth alternative implementation manner of the first aspect may be In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes: sending information about the first service to the second network device, where the information about the first service includes an identifier of the first service and/or is used to describe the first service Describe the packet information of the data flow of the first service.
  • the first terminal device may request to execute service data processing. For example, if the service data of the first service needs to be processed, the first terminal device may send the information of the first service to the second network device, so that the second network device can execute the first service data. Processing of business data of a business.
  • a second communication method is provided.
  • This method can be executed by a terminal device, or by a larger device including the terminal device, or by a chip system or other functional modules.
  • the chip system or functional modules can realize the communication of the terminal device. function, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in a terminal device. This terminal is referred to as a second terminal, for example.
  • the method includes: sending a sixth message to the first network device, the sixth message is used to request to establish a second PDU session for the second terminal device, the sixth message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter used to indicate that the second PDU session requested by the second terminal device to be established is a PDU session with an association relationship and/or used to select a second network device; receiving an eighth message from the first network device, the The eighth message includes information for accepting establishment of the second PDU session.
  • the second PDU session can be established as a PDU session with an associated relationship, so that the first PDU session of the first terminal device and the second PDU session of the second terminal device can be established Association relationship, for example, service data can be transferred between PDU sessions with an association relationship, service data of the first PDU session can be transferred to the second PDU session, or service data of the second PDU session can be transferred to the first PDU session. Regardless of the transfer, the first PDU session and the second PDU session are established PDU sessions.
  • media transfer there is no need to establish a session before transferring, but can be transferred directly, thereby reducing media transfer. During the service interruption time during the process, even the service does not need to be interrupted during the media transfer process, which improves the service transmission quality and user experience.
  • the eighth message further includes a second parameter
  • the second parameter is used to indicate a data processing method of the PDU session
  • the execution of the The data processing method includes transferring service data between the second PDU session and the PDU session of other terminal equipment, or transmitting service data on the second PDU session and the PDU session of the other terminal equipment, so
  • the PDU session of the other terminal device has an association relationship with the second PDU session, wherein the data processing can be performed between the PDU sessions with the association relationship.
  • the network may send the second parameter to the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device may specify the processing mode of the service data supported by the second PDU session.
  • the second parameter sent by the network to the first terminal device and the second parameter sent to the second terminal device may be the same parameter.
  • the method further includes: sending information about the first service to the second network device , the information of the first service includes an identifier of the first service and/or packet information used to describe a data flow of the first service.
  • the first terminal device may request to execute service data processing, and the second terminal device may also request to execute service data processing. For example, if the service data of the first service needs to be processed, the second terminal device may send the second information of a service, so that the second network device can process the service data of the first service.
  • a third communication method is provided, which can be performed by the first network device, or by a larger device including the first network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can To realize the function of the first network device, the chip system or the functional module is, for example, set in the first network device.
  • the first network device is, for example, a core network device, such as an AMF, which may be referred to as a first AMF, or the first network device may also be other devices.
  • the method includes: receiving a first message, the first message is used to request to establish a first PDU session for the first terminal device, the first message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the second PDU session, so The second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device; according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, select a second network device for the first PDU session, the The second network device is a network device serving the second PDU session.
  • a fourth communication method is provided, which can be performed by the second network device, or by a larger device including the second network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can To realize the function of the second network device, the chip system or the functional module is set in the second network device, for example.
  • the second network device is, for example, a core network device, such as an SMF, or the second network device may also be other devices.
  • the method includes: receiving a fifth message from the first network device, the fifth message is used to request establishment of a first PDU session with an association relationship for the first terminal device, and the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of a second PDU session, where the second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device, and the fifth message is used to indicate to establish an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session ; Sending a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session to the first terminal device.
  • a fifth communication method is provided, which can be performed by the fourth network device, or by a larger device including the fourth network device, or by a chip system or other functional modules, and the chip system or functional modules can To realize the function of the fourth network device, the chip system or the functional module is set in the fourth network device, for example.
  • the fourth network device is, for example, a core network device, such as a UPF, or the fourth network device may also be other devices.
  • the method includes: receiving a ninth message from a second network device, the ninth message is used to request to establish an N4 session and allocate a first tunnel, the first tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the N4 session is associated with the second PDU session association, the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session, the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service; receiving a tenth message from the second network device, the tenth message to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel.
  • the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow
  • the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or transfer data to different terminal devices Send the same data
  • the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow
  • the The tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or to send the same data to different terminal devices, wherein the N4 session is also connected to the first PDU session association, the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session, the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session, and the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the second QoS flow A business data flow.
  • a sixth communication method includes: the first network device receives a first message, the first message is used to request establishment of a first PDU session for the first terminal device, and the first message further includes The identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, the second PDU session being the PDU session of the second terminal device; the first network device according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second PDU session The identification of the two PDU sessions, selecting a second network device for the first PDU session, and sending a fifth message to the second network device, where the second network device is a network device serving the second PDU session , the fifth message is used to request to establish the first PDU session with an association relationship for the first terminal device, and the fifth message further includes the identifier of the second terminal device and the second PDU session The fifth message is used to indicate that an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session is established; the second network device sends a ninth message to the fourth network device, and the
  • the second network device sends a tenth message to the fourth network device, and the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session And assign the second tunnel.
  • the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow
  • the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or transfer data to different terminal devices Send the same data
  • the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow
  • the The tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or to send the same data to different terminal devices, wherein the N4 session is also connected to the first PDU session association, the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session, the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session, and the first QoS flow and the
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device described in any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of the above-mentioned first terminal device.
  • the communication device is, for example, the first terminal device, or a functional module in the first terminal device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be the second terminal device described in any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of the above-mentioned second terminal device.
  • the communication device is, for example, the second terminal device, or a functional module in the second terminal device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (also called a processing module sometimes) and a transceiver unit (also called a transceiver module sometimes).
  • the transceiver unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function.
  • the sending unit sometimes also called the sending module.
  • the receiving unit sometimes also called receiving module.
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit can be the same functional module, which is called the transceiver unit, and this functional module can realize the sending function and the receiving function; or, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be different functional modules, and the transceiver unit is for these A general term for functional modules.
  • the communication device further includes a storage unit, and the processing unit is configured to be coupled to the storage unit, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the functions of the first terminal device or the second terminal device described in any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • a communication device may be the first network device described in any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of the above-mentioned first network device.
  • the communication device is, for example, the first network device, or a functional module in the first network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be the second network device described in any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of the above-mentioned second network device.
  • the communication device is, for example, the second network device, or a functional module in the second network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be the fourth network device described in any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of the above-mentioned fourth network device.
  • the communication device is, for example, the fourth network device, or a functional module in the fourth network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (also called a processing module sometimes) and a transceiver unit (also called a transceiver module sometimes).
  • the transceiver unit can realize the sending function and the receiving function.
  • the sending unit sometimes also called the sending module.
  • the receiving unit sometimes also called receiving module.
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit can be the same functional module, which is called the transceiver unit, and this functional module can realize the sending function and the receiving function; or, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be different functional modules, and the transceiver unit is for these A general term for functional modules.
  • the communication device further includes a storage unit, and the processing unit is configured to be coupled to the storage unit, and execute programs or instructions in the storage unit to enable the communication device to Execute the function of the first network device, the second network device, or the fourth network device described in any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer programs or instructions, and when it is executed, the first terminal device, the second terminal device, and the second terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects
  • a method performed by a network device, a second network device, or a fourth network device is implemented.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which enables the methods described in the above aspects to be implemented when it is run on a computer.
  • an apparatus including one or more units for performing the method described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a flow chart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a third communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5A-5B are two schematic diagrams of the QoS flow between the UE and the UPF in the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a fourth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of another device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device (such as a mobile phone), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wireless device built into the above-mentioned devices (such as , communication module, modem, or chip system, etc.).
  • the terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), telemedicine (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation , Terminal equipment for smart cities, drones, robots and other scenarios.
  • cellular communication device-to-device communication
  • D2D device-to-device, D2D
  • car-to-everything vehicle to everything
  • V2X machine-to-machine/mach
  • the terminal equipment may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • access station UE station
  • remote station wireless communication device
  • wireless communication device or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device is taken as an example for description.
  • the network devices in the embodiments of the present application include, for example, access network devices and/or core network devices.
  • the access network device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, and is used for communicating with the terminal device.
  • the access network equipment includes, but is not limited to, the base station (BTS, Node B, eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB), the transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP) and the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project) in the above-mentioned communication system.
  • generation partnership project, 3GPP subsequent evolution of the base station, wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) system in the access node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc.
  • the base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, and the like. Multiple base stations may support the aforementioned networks of the same access technology, or may support the aforementioned networks of different access technologies.
  • a base station may contain one or more co-sited or non-co-sited transmission and reception points.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device can also be a server or a wearable device, etc.
  • a network device in a vehicle to everything (V2X) technology may be a road side unit (RSU).
  • the base station is used as an example for the access network device to be described.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal equipment, and can also communicate with the terminal equipment through the relay station.
  • a terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies.
  • the core network equipment is used to implement functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and charging.
  • the names of devices implementing core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network equipment includes: access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), policy control function (policy control function, PCF) or User plane function (user plane function, UPF), etc.
  • access and mobility management function access and mobility management function
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • policy control function policy control function
  • PCF Policy control function
  • UPF User plane function
  • the communication device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the network device as an example for realizing the function of the network device.
  • nouns for the number of nouns, unless otherwise specified, it means “singular noun or plural noun", that is, “one or more". “At least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more. "And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character “/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B. “At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one item (piece) of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
  • step S201 may occur before step S202, or may occur after step S202, or may occur simultaneously with step S202.
  • users may own multiple electronic devices, such as mobile phones, PADs, and smart TVs.
  • users may need to transfer media from one device to another.
  • a user uses a mobile phone to watch a video on a website on the way home, turns on the smart TV after returning home, and uses the smart TV to log in to the same account to continue watching the video, which is transferring media from one device to another device process.
  • the smart TV needs to re-establish a connection with the video application server before starting to play the video. That is to say, during the media transfer process, when using the next device When continuing to receive media information, the next device needs to re-establish a connection with the application server, which results in a relatively long service interruption.
  • the user wirelessly projects the screen to the PC through the PAD, so that the PC displays the content on the PAD, which is also the process of transferring media from one device to another.
  • the PAD cannot exit halfway, nor can it be moved to an area outside the coverage of wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi), otherwise the wireless screen projection will be interrupted, and the PC cannot continue to display the information on the PAD. content. That is to say, during the media transfer process, an intermediate device (such as a PAD) needs to participate in the whole process, and the binding requirements for devices are too strict.
  • an association relationship can be established between the first PDU session of the first terminal device and the second PDU session of the second terminal device, for example, service data can be transferred between PDU sessions with the association relationship, the first The service data of the PDU session can be transferred to the second PDU session, or the service data of the second PDU session can be transferred to the first PDU session. Regardless of the transfer, the first PDU session and the second PDU session are established PDU sessions. When performing media transfer, there is no need to establish a session before transferring, but can be transferred directly, thereby reducing media transfer.
  • the previous PDU session (or in other words, the terminal device corresponding to the previous PDU session) no longer participates in the transmission of the service data, so the previous PDU session
  • the PDU session (or in other words, the terminal device corresponding to the previous PDU session) can be withdrawn, which also reduces the requirements for the degree of device binding, making the application mode more flexible.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or can be applied to the fifth generation mobile communication technology ( In the 5th generation (5G) system, such as a new radio (new radio, NR) system, or it can also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, and there is no specific limitation.
  • the 4G 4G system
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G new radio
  • NR new radio
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application involves media transfer between UEs, it can be applied to a device-to-device (D2D) scenario, such as an NR-D2D scenario, or can be applied to a car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X) scenarios, such as NR-V2X scenarios, etc.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X car-to-everything
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • NR-V2X scenarios NR-V2X scenarios
  • it can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or it can be used in the fields of intelligent driving, assisted driving, or intelligent networked vehicles; reality, XR) or screen projection and other scenarios.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application, taking a 5G system as an example.
  • Figure 1 includes UE, base station, AMF, SMF, UPF, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) and data network (data network, DN).
  • the connection in Figure 1 indicates that two network elements can communicate.
  • AMF is the core network entity of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G), which is used to manage the registration process, mobility process, and reachability of the UE.
  • 5G fifth generation mobile communication technology
  • SMF is the core network entity of 5G, which is used to manage the PDU session of the UE, including the establishment, modification and deletion process of the PDU session, as well as the establishment of the quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow (flow) in the PDU session , modify, delete and other processes.
  • quality of service quality of service, QoS
  • UDM is a 5G core network entity used to manage user subscription data.
  • UDM is similar to the home subscriber server (HSS) function of the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G).
  • HSS home subscriber server
  • the UDM in Figure 1 can also be understood as a combination of UDM and HSS functions.
  • UPF is the core network entity of 5G, which is used for sending and receiving user plane data. For example, after receiving the data from the DN, the core network sends the data to the gNB through the tunnel between the UPF and the base station (eg gNB). Or, the UPF sends the data to the DN after receiving the data from the gNB through the tunnel with the gNB.
  • the base station eg gNB
  • the UPF sends the data to the DN after receiving the data from the gNB through the tunnel with the gNB.
  • the base station is, for example, a gNB, and the gNB is a 5G base station, which communicates with the UE through an air interface, and transmits and receives data with the UPF through a tunnel.
  • DN is a data network, for example, Internet (internet) or Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (internet protocol multimedia subsystem, IMS) network is a kind of DN.
  • the application server may belong to a part of the DN network, and the application server may provide a corresponding application (application, APP), or in other words, the application server may provide corresponding service data.
  • the first network device is, for example, AMF, or may be other devices
  • the second network device is, for example, SMF, or may be other devices
  • the third network device is, for example, AMF, or may also be is other devices
  • the fourth network device is, for example, a UPF, or may also be other devices.
  • the first network device is an AMF (for example, the first AMF)
  • the second network device is an SMF
  • the third network device is an AMF (for example, the second AMF)
  • the fourth network The device is UPF as an example.
  • a "session” is, for example, a "PDU session”, or may also be other types of sessions.
  • PDU session is used as an example.
  • the methods provided in various embodiments of the present application can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the first UE involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application is UE1 in FIG. 1
  • the second UE is UE2 in FIG. 1
  • the first AMF is AMF1 in FIG. 1
  • the second AMF It is the AMF2 in Figure 1
  • the first access network device is the base station 1 in Figure 1
  • the second access network device is the base station 2 in Figure 1
  • the SMF is the SMF in Figure 1
  • the UPF is The UPF in Figure 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a flow chart of the method.
  • the first UE sends a first message, and the first message may request to establish a PDU session for the first UE. In order to distinguish it from other PDU sessions, for example, this PDU session is called a first PDU session.
  • the first message is, for example, a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message, or other messages.
  • the first UE sends the first message to the first AMF, and the first AMF receives the first message from the first UE.
  • the first AMF is an AMF serving the first UE.
  • FIG. 2 takes this as an example.
  • the first UE sends a message to the SMF, and the message sent by the UE to the SMF needs to be forwarded by the AMF, so the first AMF also receives the first message from the first UE.
  • the SMF is an SMF serving the first UE.
  • the first message includes, for example, an identifier of the second UE and an identifier of a second PDU session, the second PDU session has been established, and the second PDU session is a PDU session of the second UE.
  • the first message further includes a session establishment request message, and the session establishment request message may request establishment of a session.
  • the first message is a NAS message, and the NAS message may include an N1 SM container (container), and the N1 SM container may be regarded as a PDU session establishment request (PDU session establishment request) message for requesting establishment of a PDU session.
  • the first AMF After receiving the first message, it does not parse the N1 SM container, but sends the N1 SM container to the SMF.
  • the first message includes the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session means that the N1SM container includes the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session, then the SMF can obtain the identity of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session, but the first AMF cannot obtain the identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session.
  • the fact that the first message includes the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session means that the N1 SM container does not include the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session, but the N1 SM container Fields other than the ID of the second UE and the ID of the second PDU session, the first AMF can obtain the ID of the second UE and the ID of the second PDU session, but the SMF cannot obtain the ID of the second UE through the N1 SM container and the identifier of the second PDU session, subsequently in S204, the AMF may send the identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session to the SMF.
  • the first message includes the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session means that the N1 SM container includes the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session, and the first message except the N1 SM container
  • the field outside also carries the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session
  • the first AMF can obtain the identity of the second UE and the identity of the second PDU session
  • the SMF can also obtain the identity of the second UE and the second PDU The ID of the session.
  • the identity of the second UE included in the first message is, for example, the first identity of the second UE, and the first identity of the second UE is, for example, the 5G-globally unique temporary UE identity (globally unique temporary UE identity) of the second UE. , GUTI) or mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number, MSISDN, etc.
  • the identifier of the second PDU session is, for example, the ID of the second PDU session.
  • the first AMF For the first AMF, if it is determined that the first message includes the first identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session, it may select the first UE according to the first identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session.
  • the SMF, or the SMF selected for the first PDU session and/or may establish an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session according to the first identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session.
  • the first AMF can select the SMF serving the second PDU session for the first PDU session according to the first identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session, that is, make the SMF serving the first PDU session and
  • the SMF serving the second PDU session is the same SMF. Because it is necessary to perform service data transfer between PDU sessions, the PDU session modification process needs to be initiated, and generally speaking, the PDU session modification process is initiated by the SMF. Therefore, if the associated PDU sessions are served by the same SMF, the SMF can more easily initiate the PDU session modification process and simplify the process of transferring service data between PDU sessions.
  • the SMF can also allocate an IP address for the PDU session. If the SMF serving the PDU session with the associated relationship is the same, then optionally, the SMF can allocate the same IP address for the PDU session with the associated relationship. These PDU sessions are associated by IP address.
  • the SMF may establish an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session according to the identification of the second UE and the identification of the second PDU session.
  • the first message also includes a first parameter
  • the first parameter may indicate that the first UE requests to establish a PDU session with an association relationship, or indicates that the PDU session (such as the first PDU session) that the first UE requests to establish is an associated relationship to the PDU session.
  • the first parameter may be the request type (request type) included in the first message. If the value of the request type is a multi-UE PDU request (multi-UE PDU request), it means that the first parameter indicates that the first UE requests to establish The PDU session in is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • the first parameter may also be realized by other existing parameters in the first message, or the first parameter may also be a newly defined parameter in the first message.
  • the first AMF and/or SMF can clarify whether the first UE requests to establish an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session .
  • the first message further includes the identifier of the first UE, for example, the first message includes the first identifier of the first UE.
  • the first identifier of the first UE includes, for example, the 5G-GUTI or MSISDN of the first UE.
  • the first UE executes S201, for example, it is triggered by the first UE.
  • the second UE may trigger the first UE, so that the first UE performs S201 to establish a first PDU session. That is to say, before S201, it may optionally further include S202: the second UE sends the information of the first service to the first UE, and correspondingly, the second UE receives the information of the first service from the first UE.
  • the first service is a service that needs to be transferred from the second UE to the target UE, and the target UE includes, for example, the first UE, or includes the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first service is a service that needs to be transferred from the second PDU session to the target PDU session
  • the target PDU session includes, for example, the first PDU session, or includes the first PDU session and the second PDU session.
  • the second UE can determine that the first service needs to be transferred between PDU sessions. At this point, if the second UE has not established a PDU session for the first service, the second UE may perform S201 to establish the first PDU session to transmit the first service.
  • the second UE may also send the identity of the second UE (for example, the first identity of the second UE) and the identity of the second PDU session to the first UE , so that the first UE may send the first identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session through the first message.
  • the identity of the second UE for example, the first identity of the second UE
  • the identity of the second PDU session to the first UE
  • the information of the first service includes, for example, an identifier of the first service, and/or includes packet information used to describe a data flow of the first service.
  • the identifier of the first service is, for example, the ID of the first service
  • the packet information used to describe the data flow of the first service includes, for example, one or more of IP header information, triplet information, or quintuple information of the first service item.
  • the triplet information of the first service includes, for example, the target IP (target IP) address, target port (target port) number, transport layer protocol, etc. corresponding to the first service.
  • the quintuple information of the first service includes, for example, the source IP (source IP) address, target IP address, source port (source port) number, target port number, transport layer protocol, etc. of the first service.
  • the transport layer protocol is, for example, a transmission control protocol (transmission control protocol, TCP) or a user datagram protocol (user datagram protocol, UDP).
  • the second UE may also send connection parameters to the first UE, and correspondingly, the first UE receives the connection parameters from the second UE.
  • the second UE sends the information of the first service and the connection parameters to the first UE through one message, or the second UE may send the information of the first service and the connection parameters to the first UE through different messages.
  • the connection parameter is, for example, a parameter corresponding to the first service (or, corresponding to the second PDU session) used to connect to the network, for example, the connection parameter includes network slice information and/or data network name corresponding to the second PDU session (data network name, DNN) and other parameters.
  • the first UE may determine the connection parameters by itself. For example, the first UE may determine the connection parameters according to the information of the first service, and the second UE does not need to send the connection parameters to the first UE.
  • the network (such as the first network device and/or the second network device, etc.) may set the connection parameters of the first PDU session according to the second PDU session, and the second UE may also not need to send the connection parameters to the first UE, the first The UE also does not need to send connection parameters to the network.
  • the first message requests to establish a PDU session for the first UE. For example, it is a request to create a new first PDU session, or it may also be a request to rebuild the first PDU session. If it is to rebuild the first PDU session, it indicates that the first PDU session has been established before. is the reconstruction process. Alternatively, the first message may also be used to request modification of the first PDU session, which also indicates that the first PDU session has been established before and is currently in a modification process. If the first PDU session has been established before, the previously established first PDU session may be a PDU session with an association relationship, or a PDU session without an association relationship, or a common PDU session. In this embodiment of the present application, the first message requesting to create a new PDU session for the first UE is taken as an example.
  • the first AMF selects an SMF for the first PDU session according to the identity of the second UE (for example, the first identity of the second UE) and the identity of the second PDU session.
  • the SMF is, for example, the SMF serving the second PDU session.
  • the first AMF may obtain the subscription information of the first UE, so as to determine whether the first UE supports establishing a PDU session with an association relationship according to the subscription information of the first UE. For example, if the subscription information of the first UE includes the subscription information for the first UE to establish a PDU session with an association relationship (or in other words, the subscription information for the first UE to establish a multi-UE PDU request), personal network subscription information, or virtual group subscription One or more items in the information, the first AMF determines that a PDU session with an association relationship can be established for the first UE.
  • the first AMF determines that the first UE does not support the establishment of a PDU session with an associated relationship, or that the first AMF determines that a PDU session with an associated relationship cannot be established for the first UE. .
  • the first AMF may send a rejection message to the first UE to refuse to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the first UE; or, the first AMF may modify the PDU session requested by the first request to not have an association
  • the first AMF modifies the value of the request type included in the first request to a non-multi-UE PDU request, for example, to an initial request (initial request).
  • the first AMF may execute S202 (or, the first AMF If it is determined that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship, and the first AMF determines that the first UE supports establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship, then the first AMF may perform S202).
  • the first AMF may reject the first UE's request to establish a PDU session , that is, reject the first message, or the first AMF may modify the first message, for example, modify the value of the request type included in the first message to a non-multi-UE PDU request, for example, modify it to an initial request.
  • the AMF serving the first UE is the first AMF
  • the AMF serving the second UE is the second AMF. If the first AMF and the second AMF are the same AMF, the first AMF can determine which SMF is the SMF serving the second PDU session. However, if the first AMF and the second AMF are different AMFs, the first AMF may send a fourth message to the second AMF, and the fourth message may request information of the SMF serving the second PDU session. After receiving the fourth message, the second AMF may send the identifier of the SMF serving the second PDU session to the first AMF, so that after receiving the identifier of the SMF, the first AMF may select the SMF for the first PDU session.
  • the first AMF sends a fifth message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the fifth message from the first AMF.
  • the fifth message may request to establish a first PDU session with an association relationship for the first UE.
  • the fifth message includes the first parameter.
  • the first AMF sends the fifth message to the SMF by invoking the service provided by the SMF.
  • the service provided by the SMF is a session update session management context request (Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request) service, wherein Nsmf represents the service provided by the SMF, and "N" can be understood For the network function (network function).
  • Nsmf represents the service provided by the SMF
  • N can be understood For the network function (network function).
  • SM session management
  • the SMF may also send a session update session management context response (Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response) to the first AMF.
  • the fifth message includes the identifier of the second UE and the identifier of the second PDU session, so as to indicate establishing an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session.
  • the identifier of the second UE included in the fifth message is, for example, a second identifier of the second UE, and the second identifier of the second UE includes, for example, a subscriber permanent identifier (SUPI) or an international mobile subscriber identity of the second UE code (international mobile subscriber identity, IMSI).
  • SUPI subscriber permanent identifier
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identity
  • the identity of the second UE received by the first AMF may be the first identity of the second UE, the first identity of the second UE includes, for example, 5G-GUTI or MSISDN, and the first AMF may use the 5G-GUTI or MSISDN of the second UE Map to SUPI, or map to IMSI, and then send the obtained SUPI or IMSI to SMF.
  • the fifth message may further include the identifier of the first UE, for example, the identifier of the first UE included in the fifth message is the second identifier of the first UE.
  • the second identity of the first UE may be the SUPI or IMSI of the first UE.
  • the first AMF maps the received 5G-GUTI or MSISDN of the first UE to SUPI or IMSI, and then maps the obtained SUPI or IMSI Send to SMF.
  • the SMF determines whether to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the first UE.
  • the SMF may accept establishing the PDU session with the association relationship for the first UE, or may refuse to establish the PDU session with the association relationship for the first UE.
  • the SMF may determine whether the first UE supports the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship. For example, the SMF determines whether the first UE supports the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship according to the subscription information of the first UE. For the determination method, refer to the determination method of the first AMF in S203.
  • the SMF may establish the PDU session with the association relationship for the first UE. For example, the SMF assigns the first IP address to the first PDU session.
  • the first IP address is the same as the second IP address
  • the second IP address is the IP address of the second PDU session.
  • Two PDU sessions can be associated by having their IP addresses the same. It can be understood that making the IP addresses of the two PDU sessions the same is a way of establishing an association relationship between the two PDU sessions.
  • the SMF may not allocate the same IP address as that of the second PDU session to the first PDU session, that is, the first IP address may also be different from the second IP address.
  • the association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session can be realized by performing the transport layer proxy function of UPF. Introduced in the examples.
  • the SMF determines that the first UE does not support the establishment of the PDU session with the association relationship, or the SMF determines that the PDU session with the association relationship cannot be established for the first UE, then the SMF refuses to establish the PDU session with the association relationship for the first UE.
  • the SMF does not need to perform subsequent steps, but can send a rejection message to the first UE to refuse to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the first UE; or, the SMF can send the fifth message requested to establish
  • the PDU session is modified to a PDU session that does not have an association relationship.
  • the SMF modifies the value of the request type included in the fifth message to a non-multi-UE PDU request, for example, to an initial request.
  • the SMF sends an eleventh message to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the eleventh message from the SMF.
  • the eleventh message may request to establish an N4 session, and request to allocate a fourth tunnel, the fourth tunnel is associated with the third QoS flow, the third QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service, and the third QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session .
  • the eleventh message is, for example, an N4 session modification request (N4 session modification request), or may be other messages.
  • the fourth tunnel is used for data transmission and reception between the UPF and the access network device, and is a core network tunnel (CN tunnel) corresponding to the first UE.
  • CN tunnel core network tunnel
  • the UPF allocates the fourth tunnel, for example, the UPF allocates the UPF address and port number for the fourth tunnel.
  • the fourth tunnel may be used for an access network device serving the first UE to send data of the first UE to the UPF.
  • the corresponding N4 sessions are the same, that is, UPF can communicate with UEs serving these PDU sessions according to the same N4 session All access network devices establish tunnels.
  • the N4 session has also been established during the establishment of the second PDU session, so the UPF does not need to establish the N4 session after receiving the eleventh message, but allocates the first PDU session according to the N4 session. There are four tunnels.
  • the UPF sends a twelfth message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the twelfth message from the UPF.
  • the eleventh message is an N4 session modification request
  • the twelfth message is, for example, an N4 session modification response (N4 session modification response), that is, the twelfth message may be regarded as a response to the fifth message.
  • the twelfth message may include information such as the UPF address and port number allocated by the UPF for the fourth tunnel.
  • the SMF sends information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the fourth tunnel to the first access network device.
  • the corresponding access network device receives information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the fourth tunnel.
  • the SMF may send information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the fourth tunnel to the first AMF, and the first AMF then sends the information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the fourth tunnel to the first access network device , the first access network device receives information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the fourth tunnel from the first AMF.
  • the first access network device is an access network device serving the first UE.
  • the SMF sends a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session from the SMF.
  • the message includes, for example, a PDU session establishment accept (PDU session establishment accept), and the PDU session establishment accept may be used to indicate acceptance of establishing the first PDU session.
  • PDU session establishment accept PDU session establishment accept
  • N1 and N2 are names of interfaces, N1 refers to the interface between the UE and the AMF, and N2 refers to the interface between the access network (AN) and the AMF.
  • Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer means that the SMF will invoke the service provided by the AMF (for example, the first AMF) to send information to the UE and the access network (for example, the first access network device).
  • the first AMF sends a second message to the first UE, and the second message may include the PDU session establishment accept.
  • the second message sent by the first AMF is N2 message (N2 message), but the N2 message is sent to the first access network device, the N2 message includes the PDU session establishment accept, and the N2 message is, for example, the N2 PDU session Request (N2 PDU session request).
  • the first access network device After receiving the N2 information, the first access network device sends the PDU session establishment accept to the UE through an RRC message (RRC message).
  • RRC message is, for example, an access network specific resource setup (AN specific resource setup).
  • the PDU session establishment accept can be included in the container, and the container is included in Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer, N2 PDU session request, and AN specific resource setup.
  • the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer sent by the SMF to the first AMF may also include first association indication information, and the first association indication information may indicate that the first PDU session is established as a PDU session with an association relationship (for example, indicating that the first PDU session is Established as a multi-UE PDU session).
  • the first AMF may store information that the first PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship (for example, store the information that the first PDU session is a multi-UE PDU session type).
  • the first AMF may also store association relationship information, where the association relationship information indicates, for example, the association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session.
  • the SMF may also send a second parameter to the first UE, where the second parameter may indicate a manner in which the PDU session executes data processing, where the data processing can be executed between PDU sessions that have an association relationship.
  • the manner in which the PDU session performs data processing includes, for example, transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transmitting service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session.
  • the second parameter may be expressed as a multi-UE rule (multi-UE rule), or the second parameter may be included in the multi-UE rule.
  • the second parameter can be switched to indicate that the service data is transferred between PDU sessions, and the service data is transmitted on multiple PDU sessions. It can be understood that the service data is shared on multiple PDU sessions.
  • the second parameter can be Indicated by duplicating.
  • the second parameter may be included in the message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session, or may also be sent through other messages. Wherein, if the SMF creates the first PDU session as a PDU session without an association relationship, the SMF may not need to send the second parameter to the first UE.
  • the second parameter may be included in the message for accepting the establishment of the first PDU session, for example, the first AMF may send the second parameter to the first UE through the second message; or, the SMF may also send the second parameter through other messages, Then the first AMF may also send the second parameter to the first UE not through the second message but through other messages.
  • the second parameter is received from the SMF, it can be determined that the first PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship, and if the second parameter is not received from the SMF, it can be determined that the first PDU session is not associated relationship to the PDU session.
  • the SMF may send second association indication information to the first UE in addition to sending the second parameter to the first UE, and the second association indication information It can indicate that the first PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship, and the UE can determine that the first PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship according to the second association indication information; and if the SMF creates the first PDU session as a PDU session without an association relationship In a PDU session, the SMF may not send the second association indication information to the first UE in addition to not sending the second parameter to the first UE.
  • the first UE may determine that the second A PDU session is a PDU session that does not have an association relationship.
  • the SMF may send the second association indication information to the first UE in addition to not sending the second parameter to the first UE, and the second association
  • the indication information may indicate that the first PDU session is a PDU session without an association relationship, and the UE may determine that the first PDU session is a PDU session without an association relationship according to the second association indication information; and if the SMF creates the first PDU session as a PDU session with In the PDU session of the association relationship, in addition to sending the second parameter to the first UE, the SMF may not send the second association indication information to the first UE. If the first UE does not receive the second association indication information from the SMF, it can It is determined that the first PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • the first UE may also send the first indication information to the second UE.
  • the first indication information may indicate that the first PDU session is established, and/or, the first indication information is used to trigger the data processing process of the PDU session (that is, to trigger the transfer or sharing of service data between associated PDU sessions).
  • the second UE may trigger the data processing process of the PDU session.
  • the SMF accepts the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship for the first UE. If the SMF refuses to establish a PDU session for the first UE, S209 can be replaced by the SMF sending a message to the first UE for refusing to establish the first PDU session.
  • a session message correspondingly, the first UE receives a message for refusing to establish the first PDU session from the SMF.
  • the message includes, for example, a PDU session establishment reject (PDU session establishment reject).
  • PDU session establishment reject can be used to indicate that the first PDU session is refused to be established, or to indicate that a PDU session with an association relationship is refused to be established, or to be used to indicate that a PDU session is refused to be established.
  • the first access network device sends information about the third tunnel to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the information of the third tunnel from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device allocates tunnel information for data transmission and reception between the N4 session and the UPF.
  • This tunnel is called the third tunnel, for example, and the third tunnel is an access network tunnel for UPF to send Data of the first UE.
  • the information of the third tunnel includes, for example, the address of the first access network device, the identifier of the third tunnel, and the like.
  • the first access network device may send the information of the third tunnel to the first AMF, and the first AMF sends the information of the third tunnel to the SMF.
  • the first access network device sends an N2 PDU session response (N2 PDU session response) to the first AMF, and the N2 PDU session response may include information about the third tunnel.
  • the first AMF invokes the service provided by the SMF to send the information of the third tunnel to the SMF, and the service is, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_Update SMContext Request.
  • the SMF sends information about the third tunnel to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the information of the third tunnel from the SMF.
  • the SMF sends an N4 session modification (N4 session modification) message to the UPF to send the third tunnel information to the UPF.
  • N4 session modification N4 session modification
  • the first AMF stores association relationship information.
  • the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer sent by the SMF to the first AMF may include the first association indication information, and the first AMF may store information that the first PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship according to the first association indication information (for example, storing the first PDU session A PDU session is multi-UE PDU session type information).
  • the first AMF may also store association relationship information, where the association relationship information indicates, for example, the association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session.
  • S202, S205-S208, and S210-S212 are all optional steps.
  • other steps may be included in the process of establishing the PDU session of the UE, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application, and will not be described in detail.
  • the first UE establishes the first PDU session, and an association relationship can be established between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, for example, service data can be executed between PDU sessions with an association relationship.
  • the service data of the first PDU session can be transferred to the second PDU session, or the service data of the second PDU session can be transferred to the first PDU session.
  • the first PDU session and the second PDU session are established PDU sessions.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the second UE sends a sixth message to the second AMF.
  • the second AMF receives the sixth message from the second UE.
  • the sixth message may request to establish a PDU session for the second UE, for example, the PDU session is called the second PDU session, and the second PDU session is the same PDU session as the second PDU session mentioned in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the second AMF is an AMF serving the second UE, and the second AMF and the first AMF may be the same AMF or different AMFs.
  • the sixth message may include a first parameter, and the first parameter may indicate that the second UE requests to establish a PDU session with an association relationship (or indicates that the PDU session (such as the second PDU session) that the second UE requests to establish is a PDU session with an association relationship ), and/or, the first parameter may be used for the first AMF to select the SMF.
  • the first parameter may indicate that the second UE requests to establish a PDU session with an association relationship (or indicates that the PDU session (such as the second PDU session) that the second UE requests to establish is a PDU session with an association relationship ), and/or, the first parameter may be used for the first AMF to select the SMF.
  • the first parameter may indicate that the second UE requests to establish a PDU session with an association relationship (or indicates that the PDU session (such as the second PDU session) that the second UE requests to establish is a PDU session with an association relationship ), and/or, the first parameter may be used for the first AMF to select the SMF
  • the sixth message is, for example, a NAS message.
  • the sixth message also includes, for example, an N1 session management container (N1 SM container), and the N1 SM container includes a PDU session establishment request.
  • N1 refers to the interface between the UE and the AMF.
  • the interaction between SMF and UE is transparently transmitted through AMF, so the first UE can encapsulate the interaction information in the N1 SM container, and the first AMF will not parse the N1 SM container, but will send the N1 SM container to SMF.
  • the conditions for the second UE to trigger the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship include, for example, that the second UE has established a UE group with other UEs, and the second UE may conduct business with other UEs in the UE group. transfer or sharing, the second UE may trigger the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship, such as a second PDU session.
  • the services that the second UE can support include services that can be transferred or shared (for example, media services, such as video services, audio services, or image services, etc.), and the second UE thinks that it may communicate with other UEs in the UE group If these services are transferred or shared between them, the second UE can trigger the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • the conditions for the second UE to trigger the establishment of a PDU session with an associated relationship include, for example, for some services, such as online video services, which may be transferred or shared between the second UE and other UEs, then the second UE is When these services establish a PDU session, they may trigger the establishment of a PDU session with an associated relationship, such as a second PDU session.
  • the conditions for the second UE to trigger the establishment of a PDU session with an associated relationship include, for example, that the second UE determines through machine learning and other methods that for some services, there will be behaviors of transfer or sharing between the second UE and other UEs, for example In certain time ranges and/or geographical ranges, some services may be transferred or shared between the second UE and other UEs. Then, when the second UE establishes a PDU session for these services, if the time range and/or geographical range are satisfied, the second UE may trigger the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship, such as a second PDU session.
  • the conditions for the second UE to trigger the establishment of the PDU session with the association relationship may also include other conditions, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the sixth message requests to establish a PDU session for the second UE, for example, to request to create a second PDU session, or to request to rebuild the second PDU session. If the second PDU session is to be rebuilt, it indicates that the second PDU session has been established before. is the reconstruction process. Alternatively, the sixth message may also be used to request modification of the second PDU session, which also indicates that the second PDU session has been established before and is currently in a modification process. If the second PDU session has been established before, the previously established second PDU session may be a PDU session with an association relationship, or a PDU session without an association relationship, or a common PDU session. In this embodiment of the present application, the sixth message requesting to create a new PDU session for the second UE is taken as an example.
  • the second AMF selects an SMF for the second PDU session.
  • the second AMF may select, for the second PDU session, an SMF that supports a PDU session with an association relationship, for example, the second AMF selects an SMF that supports a multi-UE PDU for the second PDU session.
  • the second AMF may obtain the subscription information of the second UE, so as to determine whether the second UE supports establishing a PDU session with an association relationship according to the subscription information of the second UE. For example, if the subscription information of the second UE includes the subscription information for the second UE to establish an associated PDU session (or in other words, the subscription information for the second UE to establish a multi-UE PDU request), personal network subscription information, or virtual group subscription One or more items in the information, the second AMF determines that a PDU session with an association relationship can be established for the second UE, and the second AMF may perform S302.
  • the second AMF determines that the second UE does not support the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship, or the second AMF determines that a PDU session with an association relationship cannot be established for the second UE .
  • the second AMF may send a rejection message to the second UE to refuse to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the second UE; or, the second AMF may modify the PDU session requested by the fourth request to be established without an association
  • the second AMF modifies the value of the request type included in the fourth request to a non-multi-UE PDU request, for example, to an initial request.
  • the first AMF selects the SMF serving the second PDU session for the first PDU session, then the SMF in the embodiment of the present application and the SMF in the embodiment shown in Figure 2 are The same SMF. And if in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, the first AMF does not select the SMF serving the second PDU session for the first PDU session, but selects other SMFs, then the SMF in the embodiment of the present application is the same as that shown in Figure 2
  • the SMFs in the illustrated embodiments are different SMFs.
  • the second AMF sends a seventh message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the seventh message from the second AMF.
  • the seventh message may request to establish a second PDU session with an association relationship for the second UE.
  • the seventh message includes the first parameter.
  • the seventh message may include the identity of the second UE, for example, the second identity of the second UE.
  • the second identity of the second UE may include the SUPI or IMSI of the second UE, and the second AMF may map the received 5G-GUTI or MSISDN of the second UE to SUPI or to IMSI, and then map the obtained SUPI or IMSI Send to SMF.
  • the second AMF may call a service provided by the SMF to send the seventh message to the SMF, for example, the service is Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request service.
  • the SMF can send a smf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response to the second AMF.
  • the SMF determines whether to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the second UE.
  • the SMF After the SMF receives the seventh message, it can determine whether the second UE supports the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship. For example, the SMF determines whether the second UE supports the establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship according to the subscription information of the second UE. For the determination method, refer to S302 The way to determine the second AMF in . If the SMF determines that the second UE supports establishing the PDU session with the association relationship, the SMF may establish the PDU session with the association relationship for the second UE.
  • the SMF determines that the second UE does not support the establishment of the PDU session with the association relationship, or the SMF determines that the PDU session with the association relationship cannot be established for the second UE, the SMF refuses to establish the PDU session with the association relationship for the second UE. If the SMF refuses to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the second UE, the SMF does not need to perform subsequent steps, but may send a rejection message to the second UE to refuse to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the second UE; or, the SMF The PDU session requested by the seventh message to be established can be modified to a PDU session that does not have an association relationship. For example, the SMF modifies the value of the request type included in the seventh message to a non-multi-UE PDU request, for example, to an initial request.
  • the SMF sends a ninth message to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the ninth message from the SMF.
  • the ninth message may request to establish an N4 session, and request to allocate a first tunnel, the first tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service, and the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session.
  • the ninth message is, for example, N4 session modification request, or other messages.
  • the first tunnel is used for data transmission and reception between the UPF and the access network device, and is a CN tunnel corresponding to the second UE.
  • the UPF assigns the first tunnel, for example, the UPF assigns the UPF address and port number to the first tunnel.
  • the first tunnel may be used for an access network device serving the second UE to send data of the second UE to the UPF.
  • the ninth message may also indicate to perform a transport layer proxy function, that is, the UPF acts as a proxy for sending and receiving data between the UE's application and the application server. Then, after receiving the ninth message, the UPF may execute the transport layer proxy function.
  • the transport layer protocol is TCP
  • the UPF can perform a TCP proxy function
  • the transport layer protocol is UDP
  • the UPF can perform a UDP proxy function.
  • the TCP proxy the UPF needs to establish a TCP connection with the application server of the second UE.
  • the UPF performs a transport layer proxy function for the second UE, and the transport layer proxy function is applicable to all applications of the second UE, or all services; or, the UPF may perform transmission for some services (or some applications) of the second UE Layer proxy, the transport layer proxy function is applicable to this part of applications, such as applications that may need to be transferred or shared, and for other applications of the second UE, the UPF does not perform the transport layer proxy function.
  • the second UE may also send this part of application information to the SMF, where the application information includes, for example, application identifiers and/or triplet information.
  • the application triplet information includes, for example, the application's target address, target port number, and transport layer protocol type (TCP or UDP).
  • the UPF performs the proxy between the UE and the application server. For example, after the UPF receives service data from the UE, it modifies the source address of the service data to the address of the UPF and then sends it to the application server. If this is the case, it is not necessary to require the associated PDU sessions to have the same IP address. For example, SMF or UPF can assign the same IP address to the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or they can assign different IP addresses .
  • the application server can regard the associated PDU sessions as the same PDU session, or Consider traffic data from these PDU sessions as coming from the same UE. Therefore, if it is necessary to transfer or share business data between PDU sessions with an associated relationship, the application server does not need to re-establish the connection, and the application server may not be aware of this, but continue to transmit business data normally. In this way, the time for service interruption can be reduced, and even the non-interruption of service can be guaranteed.
  • the UPF receives service data from the UE, it will not modify the source address of the service data, but forward the service data to the application server. If this is the case, the UPF or SMF can allocate the same IP address for the first PDU session and the second PDU session, and the first PDU session and the second PDU session can reflect the association relationship by having the same IP address. If the IP address of the first PDU session is the same as the IP address of the second PDU session, for the application server, it will be considered that the service data received from the first PDU session and the service data received from the second PDU session are from the same PDU session, or considered to be from the same UE.
  • the application server does not need to re-establish the connection, and the application server may not be aware of this, but continue to transmit business data normally. In this way, the time for service interruption can be reduced, and even the non-interruption of service can be guaranteed.
  • a TCP connection needs to be established between the first UE and the application server, and a TCP connection needs to be established between the second UE and the application server.
  • the TCP connection is first established between the second UE and the application server, there is no need to establish a TCP connection between the first UE and the application server, and the second UE sends the information of the TCP connection (such as the socket, the IP address of the server) , port number, IP address of the UE, or port number and other information) to the first UE, and the first UE can use the TCP connection to communicate with the application server.
  • the UE does not need to establish a TCP connection with the application server, but can establish a TCP connection with the UPF.
  • the first UE and the second UE can respectively establish a TCP connection with the UPF; or, the first UE establishes a TCP connection with the UPF, the second UE does not need to establish a TCP connection with the UPF, and the first UE or the UPF connects the first UE to the UPF
  • the information of the established TCP connection (for example, at least one of the socket, the IP address of the server end, the port number, the IP address of the UE end, or the port number, etc.) is sent to the second UE, so that the second UE and the UPF
  • the TCP connection can be used between.
  • the second UE since the second UE sends and receives data with the application server first, the second UE will send and receive data information (server-side IP address, port number, UE-side IP address) and the application server. , or at least one item of information such as port number) to the first UE, and the first UE only needs to use the information to communicate with the application server.
  • data information server-side IP address, port number, UE-side IP address
  • the first UE only needs to use the information to communicate with the application server.
  • the UPF sends a thirteenth message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the thirteenth message from the UPF.
  • the ninth message is N4 session modification request
  • the thirteenth message is, for example, N4 session modification response, that is, the thirteenth message can be regarded as the response of the ninth message.
  • the thirteenth message may include information such as the UPF address and port number allocated by the UPF for the first tunnel.
  • the SMF sends information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the first tunnel to the first access network device.
  • the corresponding access network device receives information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the first tunnel.
  • the SMF may send information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the first tunnel to the first AMF, and the first AMF then sends the information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the first tunnel to the first access network device , the first access network device receives information such as the UPF address and port number corresponding to the first tunnel from the first AMF.
  • the first access network device is an access network device serving the first UE.
  • the SMF sends a message for accepting establishment of the second PDU session to the second UE.
  • the second UE receives a message for accepting establishment of the second PDU session from the SMF.
  • the message includes, for example, PDU session establishment accept.
  • PDU session establishment accept can be used to indicate acceptance of establishing a second PDU session.
  • PDU session establishment accept can be encapsulated in the N1 SM container by the SMF, that is, N1 SM container (PDU session establishment accept).
  • the SMF when the SMF sends a message to the UE, it generally needs to be forwarded by the AMF. Therefore, the SMF can invoke the service provided by the second AMF, and send the N1 SM container (PDU session establishment accept) to the second AMF, such as the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer service.
  • the second AMF After receiving the N1 SM container (PDU session establishment accept), the second AMF encapsulates it as a NAS message, that is, NAS message (N1 SM container (PDU session establishment accept)) and then sends the eighth message to the second UE.
  • the eighth message may include The NAS message(N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept)).
  • the eighth message sent by the second AMF is N2message, but the N2message is sent to the second access network device, the N2 information includes the NAS message (N1 SM container (PDU session establishment accept)), the N2 message is for example It is N2 PDU session request.
  • the second access network device sends the NAS message (N1 SM container (PDU session establishment accept)) to the UE through an RRC message, where the RRC message is, for example, AN specific resource setup.
  • the PDU session establishment accept can be included in the N1 SM container, and the N1 SM container is included in Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer, N2 PDU session request, and AN specific resource setup.
  • the N2 message refers to the information sent by the AMF (for example, the second AMF) to the access network device (for example, the second access network device) through the N2 interface.
  • the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer sent by the SMF to the second AMF may also include third association indication information, and the third association indication information may indicate that the second PDU session is established as a PDU session with an association relationship (for example, indicating that the second PDU session is Established as a multi-UE PDU session).
  • the second AMF may store information that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship (for example, store information that the second PDU session is a multi-UE PDU session type).
  • the SMF may also send a second parameter to the second UE, where the second parameter may indicate a manner in which the PDU session executes data processing, where the data processing can be executed between PDU sessions that have an association relationship.
  • the second parameter may indicate a manner in which the PDU session executes data processing, where the data processing can be executed between PDU sessions that have an association relationship.
  • the SMF may not need to send the second parameter to the second UE.
  • the second parameter may be included in the message for accepting the establishment of the second PDU session, for example, the second AMF may send the second parameter to the second UE through the eighth message; or, the SMF may also send the second parameter through other messages, Then the second AMF may also send the second parameter to the second UE not through the eighth message but through other messages.
  • FIG. 3 takes an example in which the SMF sends the second parameter to the second UE through a message for accepting establishment of the second PDU session.
  • the second parameter is received from the SMF, it can be determined that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship, and if the second parameter is not received from the SMF, it can be determined that the second PDU session is not associated relationship to the PDU session.
  • the SMF may also send fourth association indication information to the second UE, the fourth association indication information It can indicate that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship, and the UE can determine that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship according to the fourth association indication information; and if the SMF creates the second PDU session as a PDU session without an association relationship In a PDU session, the SMF may not send the fourth association indication information to the second UE in addition to not sending the second parameter to the second UE.
  • the second UE may determine that the first A two-PDU session is a PDU session that does not have an association relationship. Alternatively, if the SMF creates the second PDU session as a PDU session without an association relationship, the SMF may send fourth association indication information to the second UE in addition to not sending the second parameter to the second UE.
  • the fourth association The indication information may indicate that the second PDU session is a PDU session without an association relationship, and the UE may determine that the second PDU session is a PDU session without an association relationship according to the fourth association indication information; and if the SMF creates the second PDU session as a PDU session with In the PDU session of the association relationship, in addition to sending the second parameter to the second UE, the SMF may not send the fourth association indication information to the second UE. If the second UE does not receive the fourth association indication information from the SMF, it may It is determined that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • the SMF accepts the establishment of a PDU session for the second UE. If the SMF refuses to establish a PDU session for the first UE (that is, neither establishes a PDU session with an association relationship nor establishes a PDU session without an association relationship) , then S308 may be replaced by the SMF sending a message for refusing to establish the second PDU session to the second UE, and correspondingly, the second UE receives a message for refusing to establish the second PDU session from the SMF.
  • the message includes, for example, PDU session establishment reject.
  • the PDU session establishment reject may be used to indicate the refusal to establish the second PDU session, or to indicate the refusal to establish the PDU session with the associated relationship, or to indicate the refusal to establish the PDU session.
  • the second access network device sends information about the fifth tunnel to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the information of the fifth tunnel from the second access network device.
  • the second access network device allocates tunnel information for data transmission and reception between the N4 session and the UPF.
  • This tunnel is called the fifth tunnel, for example.
  • the fifth tunnel is an access network tunnel for UPF to send Data of the second UE.
  • the information of the fifth tunnel includes, for example, the address of the second access network device, the identifier of the fifth tunnel, and the like.
  • the second access network device may send the information of the fifth tunnel to the second AMF, and the second AMF sends the information of the fifth tunnel to the SMF.
  • the second access network device sends an N2 PDU session response to the second AMF, and the N2 PDU session response may include information of the fifth tunnel.
  • the second AMF invokes the service provided by the SMF to send the information of the fifth tunnel to the SMF, the service is, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_Update SMContext Request.
  • the SMF sends the information of the fifth tunnel to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the information of the fifth tunnel from the SMF.
  • SMF sends N4 session modification message to UPF to send the fifth tunnel information to UPF.
  • the second AMF stores information that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer sent by the SMF to the second AMF may include third association indication information, and the second AMF may store information that the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship according to the third association indication information (for example, storing the first Two PDU sessions are multi-UE PDU session type information).
  • the second AMF may also store the identifier of the second PDU session, and store information such as the identifier of the SMF serving the second PDU session.
  • S302-S307, S308-S311 are all optional steps.
  • other steps may be included in the process of establishing the PDU session of the UE, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application, and will not be described in detail.
  • the second UE establishes the second PDU session
  • the second PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship, that is, the second PDU session can establish an association relationship with other PDU sessions.
  • service data can be transferred between associated PDU sessions
  • service data of the first PDU session can be transferred to the second PDU session
  • service data of the second PDU session can be transferred to the first PDU session.
  • the first PDU session and the second PDU session are established PDU sessions.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the second UE sends information about the first service to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the information of the first service.
  • the SMF is an SMF serving the second PDU session
  • the first service is a service that needs to be transferred or shared between PDU sessions with an associated relationship.
  • the second UE sends the information of the first service to the SMF through the NAS information.
  • the information of the first service includes, for example, one or more of the following: a QoS flow identifier (QFI) corresponding to the first service, a QoS rule (rule), a packet filter (packet filter), an identifier of the first service, Packet information used to describe the data flow of the first service.
  • QFI QoS flow identifier
  • Rule QoS rule
  • Packet filter Packet filter
  • the QFI corresponding to the first service is used to indicate the QoS flow for transmitting the first service corresponding to the second UE.
  • the QoS rule may be used by the second UE to map the first service to the QoS flow corresponding to the first service for transmission according to the QoS rule.
  • the packet filtering rule may be used by the UPF to determine that the data packet is a data packet corresponding to the first service according to the packet filtering rule.
  • the packet filtering rule For the identification of the first service and the packet information used to describe the data flow of the first service, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the second UE may also send the first processing mode to the SMF, or in other words, send information about the first processing mode.
  • the first processing manner is the manner in which the first service is transferred or shared.
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the second UE and other UEs (such as the first UE), or transfer the data of the first service between the PDU session of other UE and the second PDU session , this way is regarded as the transfer of the first business.
  • the data of the first service is transferred from the PDU session of other UEs to the second PDU session, or the data of the first service is transferred from the second PDU session to the PDU session of other UEs.
  • the first processing method is to transmit the data of the first service between the second UE and other UEs (for example, the first UE), or transmit the data of the first service between the PDU session of the other UE and the second PDU session.
  • This method is regarded as the sharing of the first business.
  • the data of the first service is not only transmitted on the PDU session of other UEs, but also transmitted on the second PDU session, and the first service transmitted on the PDU sessions of other UEs and the second PDU session may be the same.
  • the PDU sessions of other UEs are associated with the second PDU session, for example, other UEs include the first UE, and the PDU sessions of other UEs include the first PDU session.
  • the second UE initiates a PDU session modification (PDU session modification) process, so as to implement service transfer or sharing through the PDU session modification process.
  • the second UE may send the information of the first service (or send the information of the first service and the first processing method) to the SMF in the PDU session modification process, for example, the second UE sends the information of the first service to the SMF through a NAS message ( Or, sending the information of the first service and the first processing method), the NAS message includes a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request).
  • the second UE sends the NAS message to the second AMF, and the second AMF invokes the service provided by the SMF, and sends the PDU session modification request and the information of the first service (or, the PDU session modification request, the information of the first service and the first Processing method) and other content are sent to SMF.
  • the service provided by the SMF is, for example, PDU session update (Nsmf_PDUSession_Update).
  • the procedure for modifying the PDU session of the second UE may be executed. Therefore, optionally, the method may include S402a-S407a, modifying the procedure for the PDU session of the second UE.
  • the SMF invokes a service provided by the second AMF, and sends a message to the second AMF.
  • the second AMF receives the message from the SMF.
  • the second AMF is an AMF serving the second PDU session, and the service provided by the second AMF is, for example, N1N2 transfer (Namf_N1N2transfer). In FIG. 4, this message is for example referred to as an N1N2 transfer message.
  • the second AMF may also send a response to the SMF.
  • the second AMF sends a message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the message from the second AMF.
  • the second access network device is an access network device serving the second UE.
  • the message is, for example, an N2 message ( Figure 4 takes this as an example), and the N2 message may include a NAS message from the second UE.
  • the second access network device sends a message to the second UE.
  • the second UE receives the message from the second access network device.
  • the message is, for example, an access network specific resource modification (AN specific resource modification) message.
  • AN specific resource modification an access network specific resource modification
  • Figure 4 takes this as an example, and the AN specific resource modification message may include a PDU session modification command (PDU session modification command).
  • the second UE may also send a response to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device sends a message to the second AMF.
  • the second AMF receives the message from the second access network device.
  • the message is an N2 PDU session response (N2 PDU session response), and Figure 4 takes this as an example.
  • the second AMF invokes a service provided by the SMF to send a message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the message from the second AMF.
  • the service provided by SMF is, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_Update. In FIG. 4, this message is called a PDU Session Update message, for example.
  • the SMF sends a message to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the message from the SMF.
  • the message is, for example, an N4 session modification (N4 session modification) message, and FIG. 4 takes this as an example.
  • the UPF is the UPF serving the second UE, or the UPF serving the second PDU session. According to the introduction of the foregoing embodiments, it can be seen that the same N4 session can be shared for the PDU sessions with the association relationship, so optionally, the UPF serving the PDU sessions with the association relationship in the embodiment of the present application can be the same UPF, For example, the UPF serving the second UE is the same UPF as the UPF serving the first UE.
  • the N4 session is used by the SMF to control the functions of the UPF associated with the PDU session, including the UPF detecting and classifying the data of the PDU session, performing QoS management, determining routing, and the like.
  • the UPF has an N4 session context corresponding to the PDU session, so that the UPF can detect, classify, perform QoS management, and determine routing for the data of the PDU session according to the N4 session context information.
  • the UPF can also send a response to the SMF.
  • the PDU session modification process of the first UE may also be performed. Therefore, the method may include S402b-S408b, modifying a procedure for the PDU session of the first UE.
  • the SMF sends a message to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the message from the SMF.
  • This message may also be referred to as a tenth message.
  • the message is, for example, N4 session modification, and Figure 4 takes this as an example.
  • the SMF may configure a QoS flow for transmitting the first service for the first PDU session of the first UE according to the information of the first service (or according to the information of the first service and the first processing manner). For example, the SMF may configure a first QoS flow for the first UE to transmit the first service, the first QoS flow is a QoS flow used by the second UE to transmit the first service, and the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session. The SMF may configure the first QoS flow for the first UE to transmit the first service, and at this time, the first QoS flow is also associated with the first PDU session. That is to say, SMF can configure the first PDU session and the second PDU session to share the first QoS flow.
  • the first PDU session and the second PDU session can correspond to the same QFI, that is, the QFI of the first QoS flow .
  • the first service can continue to be transmitted on the first QoS flow without switching the QoS flow. This way can reduce the number of QoS flows and simplify the implementation process.
  • the first service is transmitted between the first UE and the second UE and the UPF through the first QoS flow.
  • the SMF may configure a second QoS flow for the first UE to transmit the first service, and the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session.
  • the QoS flow used by the second UE to transmit the first service is the first QoS flow
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session.
  • the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are different QoS flows. That is to say, the SMF configures different QoS flows for the first PDU session and the second PDU session to transmit the first service.
  • the first PDU session corresponds to the QFI of the second QoS flow
  • the second PDU session corresponds to the QFI of the first QoS flow. QFI.
  • the first service is transmitted between the first UE and the UPF through the second QoS flow, and the first service is transmitted between the second UE and the UPF through the first QoS flow.
  • the SMF After the SMF determines to configure the QoS flow for transmitting the first service for the first PDU session of the first UE according to the above mechanism, it may send a tenth message to the UPF to modify the N4 session. Wherein, depending on the manner in which the SMF configures the QoS flow, the content indicated by the tenth message may also be different.
  • the tenth message can be used to modify the N4 session and allocate the second tunnel.
  • the second tunnel is the same as the first QoS flow association.
  • the second tunnel is, for example, the access network tunnel corresponding to the first service, and the second tunnel is used for data transmission and reception between the UPF and the access network device, and is a CN tunnel corresponding to the second UE.
  • the UPF allocates the second tunnel, for example, the UPF allocates the UPF address and port number for the second tunnel.
  • the second tunnel may be used for the second access network device to send data of the first service to the UPF.
  • the tenth message may also indicate to transfer data between different UEs through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or indicate to send the same data to different UEs.
  • the first tunnel may be used for the second access network device to send the data of the first service to the UPF.
  • S301 for the introduction of the first tunnel, refer to S301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the UPF may modify the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow from the first tunnel to the second tunnel according to the tenth message , so as to transfer the data of the first service from the second UE to the first UE (or modify the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow from the second tunnel to the first tunnel, so as to transfer the data of the first service from the first UE transfers to the second UE); or, if the tenth message indicates to send the same data to different UEs, the UPF may modify the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow from the first tunnel to the first tunnel and the second Tunnel (or modified from the second tunnel to the first tunnel and the second tunnel), that is, make the first QoS flow correspond to two tunnels, so as to realize the transmission of the data of the first service on the first UE and the second UE, or in other words , realize that the data of the first service is shared between the first UE
  • the SMF may also send second indication information to the UPF, and the second indication information may indicate that the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is set as the first tunnel or the second tunnel , or indicate that the access network tunnels corresponding to the first QoS flow are the first tunnel and the second tunnel.
  • the second indication information may indicate that the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is set as the first tunnel or the second tunnel.
  • UPF can modify the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow from the first tunnel to the second tunnel according to the second indication information, so as to transfer the data of the first service from the second UE to the first UE, or change the The access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is changed from the second tunnel to the first tunnel, so as to transfer the data of the first service from the first UE to the second UE; or, if the tenth message indicates that the same data, the second indication information may indicate that the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is the first tunnel and the second tunnel, and the UPF may change the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow from the first tunnel to the second tunnel according to the second indication information.
  • One tunnel is modified into the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or the second tunnel is modified into the first tunnel and the second tunnel.
  • the SMF configures the second QoS stream to transmit the first service for the first PDU session, and configures the first QoS stream to transmit the first service for the second PDU session
  • the tenth message can be used to modify the N4 session and allocate the second tunnel
  • the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow.
  • the second tunnel is, for example, the access network tunnel corresponding to the first service, and the second tunnel is used for data transmission and reception between the UPF and the access network device, and is a CN tunnel corresponding to the second UE.
  • the UPF allocates the second tunnel, for example, the UPF allocates the UPF address and port number for the second tunnel.
  • the second tunnel may be used for the second access network device to send data of the first service to the UPF.
  • the tenth message may also indicate to transfer data between different UEs through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or indicate to send the same data to different UEs. If the tenth message indicates that data is transferred between different UEs through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, the UPF can modify the QoS flow corresponding to the first service from the first QoS flow to the second QoS flow according to the instruction of the tenth message.
  • Two QoS flows so as to transfer the data of the first service from the second UE to the first UE, or change the QoS flow corresponding to the first service from the second QoS flow to the first QoS flow, so as to realize the transfer of the data of the first service from the second UE to the first UE.
  • the first UE is transferred to the second UE; or, if the tenth message indicates to send the same data to a different UE, the UPF may modify the QoS flow corresponding to the first service from the first QoS flow to The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or modify the QoS flow corresponding to the first service from the second QoS flow to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, that is, make the first service correspond to two QoS flows, so as to realize
  • the data of the first service is transmitted between the first UE and the second UE, or the data of the first service is shared between the first UE and the second UE, wherein the data of the first service transmitted by the first UE is shared with the second UE
  • the transmitted data of the first service may be identical and therefore also considered a copy.
  • the SMF can determine by itself, for example, according to the tenth message indicates data transfer or data sharing can be determined according to the first processing method, or if the SMF does not receive the
  • the SMF may also send second indication information to the UPF, and the second indication information may indicate that the data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow or the second QoS flow, or The data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
  • the second indication information may indicate that the data flow of the first service is transferred through the first QoS flow or the second QoS flow
  • the UPF can modify the QoS flow corresponding to the first service from the first QoS flow to the second QoS flow according to the second indication information, so as to transfer the data of the first service from the second UE to the first UE, or transfer the first service data from the second UE to the first UE.
  • the QoS flow corresponding to a service is modified from the second QoS flow to the first QoS flow, so as to transfer the data of the first service from the first UE to the second UE; or, if the tenth message indicates sending the same data to different UEs , the second instruction information may indicate that the data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, and UPF may modify the QoS flow corresponding to the first service from the first QoS flow to The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or modify the QoS flow corresponding to the first service from the second QoS flow to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
  • the SMF needs to instruct the UPF to modify the QoS flow corresponding to the first service.
  • the SMF modifies the mapping relationship between the data packet and the QFI.
  • the SMF will send a packet detection rule (packet detection rule, PDR) corresponding to the first service to the UPF, and the PDR can be used for the UPF to filter out the data packets of the first service.
  • PDR packet detection rule
  • the PDR may include a QoS enforcement rule (qos enforcement rule, QER), and the QER may include a QFI. That is to say, the data packets applicable to the PDR will be mapped by the UPF to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI included in the QER.
  • the SMF modifies the QFI included in the QER from QFI 1 to QFI 2, and after receiving the PDR, the UPF transfers the first service from the second UE to the first UE; or, the SMF modifies the QFI included in the QER from QFI 1 For QFI 1 and QFI 2, the first service is transmitted on the first UE and the second UE. After receiving the PDR, the UPF transfers the first service from the second UE to the first UE and the first UE.
  • QFI 1 is the QFI of the first QoS flow
  • QFI 2 is the QFI of the second QoS flow.
  • the UPF may also send a response to the SMF.
  • S407a and S402b may also be executed in combination, for example, the N4 session modification message in S407a and the tenth message are the same message.
  • the SMF invokes the service provided by the first AMF and sends a message to the first AMF.
  • the first AMF receives the message from the SMF.
  • the first AMF is an SMF serving the first PDU session.
  • the service provided by the first AMF is, for example, Namf_N1N2transfer. In FIG. 4 , this message is called an N1N2 transfer message.
  • the SMF serving the first PDU session and the SMF serving the second PDU session are, for example, the same SMF.
  • the information sent to the access network device for configuring the QoS flow for transmitting the first service for the first PDU session of the first UE includes CN tunnel information allocated by the UPF to the QoS flow.
  • the second AMF may also send a response to the SMF.
  • the first AMF sends a message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the message from the first AMF.
  • the first access network device is an access network device serving the first UE.
  • the message is, for example, an N2 message.
  • FIG. 4 takes this as an example.
  • the N2 message may also be called a third message, and the N2 message may include a NAS message (tenth message) sent by the SMF to the first UE.
  • the N2 message includes the information of the QoS flow configured by the SMF for the application of the first UE to transmit the first service, such as QFI.
  • the first access network device sends a message to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives the message from the first access network device.
  • the message includes a NAS message (PDU session modification command, the part sent by the SMF to the first UE in the N1N2 transmission message of S403b) sent from the SMF to the first UE.
  • the message is, for example, an access network-specific resource setup (AN specific resource setup) message.
  • the wireless bearer configured by the information of the QoS flow sent by the access network device also includes a PDU session modification command, and the PDU session modification command includes, for example, the ID of the first PDU session and the QoS rule corresponding to the first PDU session.
  • the first UE may also send a response to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device sends a message to the first AMF.
  • the first AMF receives the message from the first access network device.
  • the message is, for example, an N2 PDU session response.
  • Figure 4 takes this as an example.
  • the message includes information about the AN tunnel allocated by the first access network device for transmitting the QoS flow of the first service.
  • the first AMF invokes a service provided by the SMF to send a message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the message from the first AMF.
  • the service provided by SMF is, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_Update. In FIG. 4, this message is called a PDU Session Update message, for example.
  • the SMF sends a message to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the message from the SMF.
  • the message is, for example, an N4session modification message, which is taken as an example in FIG. 4 .
  • the message may include AN tunnel information allocated by the first access network device for the QoS flow transmitting the first service.
  • the UPF can also send a response to the SMF.
  • the N4 session modification message may also indicate to transfer data between different UEs through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or indicate to send the same data to different UEs, about features such as the first tunnel and the second tunnel
  • S402b For the introduction, please refer to S402b.
  • the SMF may also send second indication information to the UPF.
  • the second indication information may indicate that the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is set as the first tunnel or the second tunnel, or indicate that the first QoS flow corresponds to The access network tunnels are the first tunnel and the second tunnel; or, the second indication information may indicate that the data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow or the second QoS flow, or that the data flow of the first service is transmitted through the The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are transmitted.
  • S402b For this part of the content, please also refer to S402b.
  • the modification of the N4 session is realized by instructing the UPF to modify the tunnel or QoS flow, or there is another way, the modification of the N4 session can also be realized by updating the multi-UE rule to the UPF, in this case , the N4 session modification message may still indicate modification of the N4 session and allocation of the second tunnel, but may not indicate service transfer or sharing.
  • the SMF sends an updated multi-UE rule to the UPF.
  • the multi-UE rule can indicate that the first service is transferred from the first UE to the second UE.
  • the UPF can transfer the downlink data of the first service according to the multi-UE rule.
  • the multi-UE rule can indicate that the first service is transferred from the second UE to the first UE, and UPF can transfer the downlink of the first service according to the multi-UE rule The data is sent to the access network tunnel corresponding to the first UE.
  • the multi-UE rule may indicate that the first service is transferred to the first UE and the second UE, and the UPF may send the downlink data of the first service to the access network tunnel corresponding to the first UE according to the multi-UE rule An access network tunnel corresponding to the second UE.
  • the second UE sends the information of the first service to the SMF as an example.
  • the second UE can send the information of the first service (or, the information of the first service and the first processing method) to the first UE, and the first UE sends the information of the first service (or the first processing method) to the SMF.
  • sending the information of the first service and the first processing manner that is, the first UE initiates a PDU session modification procedure.
  • the application server sends data of the first service to the second UE.
  • the application server may send data of the first service to the first UE and the second UE (the service data of the second PDU session is shared between the first PDU session and the second PDU session), Or, the application server may send the data of the first service to the first UE, but no longer send the data of the first service to the second UE (the service data of the second PDU session is transferred to the first PDU session).
  • the service data of the first PDU session can be transferred to the second PDU session, or the service data of the second PDU session can be transferred to the first PDU The session, or the service data of the second PDU session can be shared between the first PDU session and the second PDU session.
  • the first PDU session and the second PDU session are all established PDU sessions.
  • the first UE establishes the first PDU session first, and then performs service transfer or sharing.
  • the first UE can transfer or share services during the process of establishing the first PDU session, so that the first UE does not need to perform the subsequent PDU session modification process, which can simplify the process of service transfer or sharing.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a fourth communication method to introduce the process. Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a flowchart of the method.
  • the second UE sends a transfer request to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives a transfer request from the second UE.
  • the transfer request is, for example, used to request to transfer the first service of the second UE to the first UE, or to request to share the first service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the transfer request may include an identifier of the second PDU session, an identifier of the second UE (for example, a first identifier of the second UE or a second identifier of the second UE), and information of the first service.
  • the transfer request may also include connection parameters.
  • the first UE sends a response message to the second UE.
  • the second UE may receive the response message from the first UE.
  • the response message may be used to indicate whether to allow transfer or sharing of the first service.
  • the response message further includes an identifier of the first UE (for example, a first identifier of the first UE or a second identifier of the second UE).
  • the second UE sends information about the first service to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the information of the first service.
  • the SMF may store the information of the first service.
  • S603 For more details about S603, refer to S401 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the second UE sends the information of the first service to the SMF by initiating the PDU session modification process, then the N4 session modification process of the second UE can be executed next, and reference can be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in Figure 4, not much here repeat.
  • the second UE sends a trigger message to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives the trigger message from the second UE.
  • the trigger message may indicate establishment of a PDU session. Because the second UE considers that the first service needs to be transferred or shared, the second UE may trigger the second UE to establish a PDU session.
  • the first UE sends a first message to the first AMF.
  • the first AMF receives the first message from the first UE.
  • the first message may request to establish a PDU session for the first UE, for example, the PDU session is referred to as a first PDU session.
  • S605 For more details about S605, refer to S201 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first AMF selects an SMF for the first PDU session according to the identity of the second UE (for example, the first identity of the second UE) and the identity of the second PDU session.
  • the first AMF sends a fifth message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the fifth message from the first AMF.
  • the fifth message may request to establish a first PDU session with an association relationship for the first UE.
  • S607 For more details about S607, refer to S204 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the SMF determines whether to establish a PDU session with an association relationship for the first UE.
  • S608 For more information about S608, refer to S205 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the SMF sends a tenth message to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the tenth message from the SMF.
  • the SMF sends a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session from the SMF.
  • the message includes, for example, PDU session establishment accept, which may be used to indicate acceptance of establishing the first PDU session.
  • the message sent by the SMF to the UE generally needs to be forwarded by the AMF. Therefore, the SMF can call the service provided by the first AMF, and send the PDU session establishment accept to the first AMF, the service is, for example, the Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer service.
  • the first AMF sends a second message to the first UE, and the second message may include the PDU session establishment accept.
  • the second message may also include information about the QoS flow configured by the SMF for the first UE to transmit the first service, such as QFI.
  • the second message sent by the first AMF is N2 message (N2 message), but the N2 message is sent to the first access network device, the N2 message includes the PDU session establishment accept, and the N2 message is, for example, N2 PDU Session request (N2 PDU session request).
  • the first access network device sends the PDU session establishment accept to the UE through an RRC message (RRC message).
  • RRC message is, for example, an access network specific resource setup (AN specific resource setup).
  • the PDU session establishment accept can be included in the container, and the container is included in Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer, N2 PDU session request, and AN specific resource setup.
  • S610 For more details about S610, refer to S209 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • S603-S605 may not be executed.
  • the first UE may initiate the process of establishing the first PDU session. For example, the first UE sends the first business information.
  • S601-S604, S607-S609 are optional steps.
  • the application server sends data of the first service to the second UE.
  • the application server may send data of the first service to the first UE and the second UE (the service data of the second PDU session is shared between the first PDU session and the second PDU session), Or, the application server may send the data of the first service to the first UE, but no longer send the data of the first service to the second UE (the service data of the second PDU session is transferred to the first PDU session).
  • a user uses a mobile phone to watch a video on a certain website on the way home, and a second PDU session is established between the mobile phone and the application server of the video to transmit the video.
  • the user turns on the smart TV, and before that, uses the smart TV to log in with the same account to continue watching the video.
  • the smart TV has established a first PDU session with the video application server, and the first PDU session has an association relationship with the second PDU session.
  • the smart TV does not need to establish a connection with the video application server, but can directly play the video, that is to say, during the media transfer process, when using
  • the services on the previous device can be directly transferred to the next device, which reduces the service interruption time and improves user experience.
  • a mobile phone and a PC belong to a UE group, and the mobile phone determines that services may be transferred or shared with other UEs in the UE group.
  • the mobile phone When the mobile phone establishes a PDU session for a video application on the mobile phone, it can trigger the establishment of a The PDU session of the association relationship, for example, the second PDU session.
  • the mobile phone may send the information of the service to be transferred or shared to the PC, and the PC may establish a PDU session with an association relationship, such as the first PDU session.
  • the user plays the video provided by the video application through the mobile phone
  • the video application is an application determined by the mobile phone that may be transferred or shared
  • the second PDU session can transmit the video.
  • the mobile phone casts the video played on the mobile phone to the PC for playback through the direct connection communication path (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) direct connection, etc.)
  • the video is equivalent to sharing the video between the second PDU session and the first PDU session.
  • the mobile phone wants to exit the screen projection, the mobile phone can be exited directly.
  • the video can be switched from the sharing mode to the individual playback mode, that is, the video is switched to be transmitted through the first PDU session.
  • the screen projection device such as a mobile phone
  • the screen projection device can exit without affecting the output of the screen projection device (such as a PC).
  • the dependence of the screen projection process on the screen projection device is reduced, and the application of the screen projection is more flexible.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 may be the terminal device described in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 Or the circuit system of the terminal device is used to implement the method corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a first terminal device or a second terminal device.
  • the communication device 700 may be described in any one of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , or the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • a network device or a circuit system of the network device is used to implement the method corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the network device is, for example, a first network device, a second network device, or a fourth network device.
  • a circuit system is a chip system.
  • the communication device 700 includes at least one processor 701 , a communication line 702 , and at least one communication interface 704 .
  • the communication device 700 may further include a memory 703 . Since the memory 703 is not a mandatory functional module but only an optional functional module, it is represented by a dashed box in FIG. 7 .
  • the processor 701 may include a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, a specific application integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program program of this application. circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • Communication link 702 may include a pathway for communicating information between the above-described components.
  • Communication interface 704 using any device such as a transceiver, for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (radio access network, RAN), wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN), Wired access network, etc.
  • radio access network radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • Wired access network etc.
  • Memory 703 may be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types that can store information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be programmed by a computer Any other medium accessed, but not limited to.
  • the memory 703 may exist independently, and is connected to the processor 701 through the communication line 702 . Alternatively, the memory 703 can also be integrated with the processor 701 .
  • the memory 703 is used to store computer-executed instructions for implementing the solutions of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701 .
  • the processor 701 is configured to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 703, so as to implement the communication method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 701 may include one or more CPUs, for example, CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 7 .
  • the communications apparatus 700 may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 701 and the processor 708 in FIG. 7 .
  • Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the chip shown in FIG. 7 is a chip, such as a chip of an access network device, or a chip of a UPF, or a chip of an SMF, or a chip of a terminal device
  • the chip includes a processor 701 (may also include a processor 708 ), communication line 702, memory 703 and communication interface 704.
  • the communication interface 704 may be an input interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the memory 703 may be a register, a cache, or the like.
  • the processor 701 and the processor 708 may be a general-purpose CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution of the communication method in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the device into functional modules according to the above method example, for example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules.
  • the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of an apparatus, and the apparatus 800 may be the access network equipment, UPF, SMF or terminal equipment involved in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 800 includes a sending unit 801 , a processing unit 802 and a receiving unit 803 .
  • apparatus 800 can be used to implement the steps performed by the access network device, UPF, SMF, or terminal device in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device UPF, SMF, or terminal device in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions/implementation process of the sending unit 801, the receiving unit 803, and the processing unit 802 in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG. 7 invoking computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 703.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing unit 802 in FIG. 8 can be implemented by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703 by the processor 701 in FIG. The process may be implemented through communication interface 704 in FIG. 7 .
  • the functions/implementation process of the sending unit 801 and the receiving unit 803 may also be implemented through pins or circuits.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)), etc.
  • the various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits, ASICs), field programmable A field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to implement or operate the described functions.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, and optionally, the general-purpose processor may also be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration to accomplish.
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of both.
  • the software unit may be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other storage medium in the art.
  • the storage medium can be connected to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium, and can write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be set in the ASIC, and the ASIC can be set in the terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also be disposed in different components in the terminal device.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method applied to a first terminal device, comprising:
  • the first message is used to request to establish a first PDU session for the first terminal device, where the first message further includes an identifier of a second terminal device and an identifier of a second PDU session, and the first
  • the second PDU session is the PDU session of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session are used for the first network device to select a second network device or provide the first PDU session Establish an association relationship with the second PDU session;
  • a second message is received from the first network device, the second message including information accepting establishment of the first PDU session.
  • the first message further includes a session establishment request message, wherein,
  • the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session are included in the session establishment request message; or,
  • the identity of the second terminal device and the identity of the second PDU session are included in the first message, but not included in the session establishment request message; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session are included in the session establishment request message, and included in a bearer space in the first message except the session establishment request message.
  • the first message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate that the first PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established has The PDU session of the association relationship.
  • the second message further includes a second parameter, the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session executes data processing, and executes the data processing
  • the method includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transmitting service data on the first PDU session and the second PDU session, where there is an association relationship
  • the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions.
  • Embodiment 5 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4, further comprising:
  • An identification of the second terminal device and an identification of the second PDU session are received from the second terminal device.
  • Embodiment 6 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 5, further comprising:
  • the first service being a service to be transferred from the second terminal device to a target terminal device, the target terminal device including the first terminal device, Or include the second terminal device and the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 7 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, further comprising:
  • connection parameters include slice information and/or a data network name DNN corresponding to the second PDU session.
  • Embodiment 8 According to the method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 7, the second message includes the QoS flow information configured by the second network device for the first terminal device for transmitting the first service.
  • Embodiment 9 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 7, further comprising:
  • the QoS flow information includes a QoS flow identifier, and the QoS flow identifier is the same as the QoS flow identifier of the first service transmitted by the second terminal device same or different.
  • Embodiment 11 according to the method described in embodiment 1 ⁇ 10, described method also comprises:
  • the information of the first service includes an identifier of the first service and/or packet information used to describe a data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 12 The method according to embodiment 11, further comprising:
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session transmission; or,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device for transmission.
  • Embodiment 13 The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 12, further comprising:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is established, and/or is used to trigger a data processing process of the PDU session.
  • Embodiment 14 A communication method applied to a second terminal device, the method comprising:
  • the second PDU session requested by the second terminal device to be established is a PDU session with an association relationship and/or used to select a second network device;
  • An eighth message is received from the first network device, the eighth message including information accepting establishment of the second PDU session.
  • the eighth message further includes a second parameter, the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session executes data processing, and the manner of executing the data processing includes converting the service Data is transferred between the second PDU session and the PDU session of other terminal equipment, or service data is transmitted between the second PDU session and the PDU session of the other terminal equipment, and the PDU session of the other terminal equipment It has an association relationship with the second PDU session, wherein the data processing can be performed between the PDU sessions with the association relationship.
  • Embodiment 16 The method according to embodiment 14 or 15, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 17 The method according to any one of embodiments 14-16, further comprising:
  • the first service is a service to be transferred from the second terminal device to a target terminal device, where the target terminal device includes the first terminal device, Or include the second terminal device and the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 18 The method according to any one of embodiments 14-17, further comprising:
  • connection parameters include slice information and/or a data network name DNN corresponding to the second PDU session.
  • Embodiment 19 The method according to any one of embodiments 14-18, further comprising:
  • the information of the first service includes an identifier of the first service and/or packet information used to describe a data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 20 The method of embodiment 19, further comprising:
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the PDU session of other terminal equipment and the second PDU session, or to transfer the data of the first service between the PDU session of other terminal equipment and the second PDU session transmission; or,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and transmitting on the second terminal device;
  • the PDU session of the other terminal device has an association relationship with the second PDU session.
  • Embodiment 21 According to the method described in Embodiment 19 or 20, before sending the information of the first service to the second network device, it further includes:
  • Embodiment 22 A communication method applied to a first network device, the method comprising:
  • the first message is used to request to establish a first PDU session for the first terminal device, the first message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the second PDU session, and the second PDU The session is a PDU session of the second terminal device;
  • Embodiment 23 The method of embodiment 22, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 24 The method of embodiment 22 or 23, further comprising:
  • the first message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate that the first PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 25 The method according to any one of embodiments 22-24, further comprising:
  • Sending a second parameter to the first terminal device where the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session executes data processing, and the manner of executing the data processing includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second Transferring between two PDU sessions, or transmitting service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, wherein the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions with an associated relationship.
  • Embodiment 26 The method of embodiment 25, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 27 The method according to any one of embodiments 22-26, further comprising:
  • An identification of the second network device is received from the third network device.
  • Embodiment 28 The method according to any one of embodiments 22-27, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 29 The method according to Embodiment 28, the fifth message further includes the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, which are used to indicate that the first PDU session is related to the second PDU session. Establish an association relationship with the first PDU session.
  • Embodiment 30 The method according to any one of embodiments 22-29, further comprising:
  • association relationship information where the association relationship information is used to indicate the association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session.
  • Embodiment 31 The method according to any one of embodiments 22-30, further comprising:
  • the sixth message is used to request to establish a second PDU session for the second terminal device, the sixth message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate that the second terminal device
  • the second PDU session requested to be established is a PDU session with an association relationship
  • Embodiment 32 The method of Embodiment 31, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 33 A communication method, applied to a second network device, the method comprising:
  • the fifth message is used to request to establish a first PDU session with an association relationship for the first terminal device, and the fifth message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and a second PDU A session identifier, the second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device, and the fifth message is used to indicate that an association relationship is established between the first PDU session and the second PDU session;
  • Embodiment 34 The method of embodiment 33, further comprising:
  • the first terminal device According to the subscription information of the first terminal device, it is determined that the first terminal device supports establishment of a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 35 The method according to embodiment 33 or 34, the message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session includes a second parameter, the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session performs data processing,
  • the manner of performing the data processing includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transmitting service data on the first PDU session and the second PDU session, Wherein, the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions having an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 36 The method according to any one of embodiments 33-35, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 37 The method according to any one of embodiments 33-36, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 38 The method of embodiment 37, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 39 The method according to any one of embodiments 33 to 38, the fifth message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate the first PDU that the first terminal device requests to establish A session is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 40 The method of any one of embodiments 33-39, further comprising:
  • the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel, the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the tenth message also Instructing to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or to send the same data to different terminal devices;
  • the N4 session is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session. used to transmit the data stream of the first service.
  • Embodiment 41 The method of any one of embodiments 33-39, further comprising:
  • the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel, the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow, and the tenth message also indicates that the The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow transfer data between different terminal devices, or send the same data to different terminal devices;
  • the N4 session is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session
  • the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session Association
  • the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 42 The method of Embodiment 40 or 41, further comprising:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to set the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow as the first tunnel or the second tunnel, or to indicate The access network tunnels corresponding to the first QoS flow are the first tunnel and the second tunnel.
  • Embodiment 43 The method of Embodiment 40 or 41, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 44 According to the method according to any one of Embodiments 40-43, the ninth message is also used to indicate activation of the TCP proxy function.
  • Embodiment 45 The method according to any one of embodiments 40-44, further comprising:
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session transmission; or,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device for transmission.
  • Embodiment 46 The method according to any one of embodiments 40, 42-45, further comprising:
  • Embodiment 47 The method according to any one of embodiments 41-45, further comprising:
  • the first QoS flow is different from the second QoS flow, and the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit data of a first service flow.
  • Embodiment 48 A communication method, applied to a fourth network device, the method comprising:
  • the ninth message is used to request to establish an N4 session and allocate a first tunnel, the first tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, the N4 session is associated with the second PDU session, The first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service;
  • the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or to send the same , wherein the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session, and the first QoS flow is also associated with the first PDU session; or,
  • the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow
  • the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or to send the same data
  • the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session
  • the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session
  • the first The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 49 According to the method described in Embodiment 48, the ninth message is also used to indicate to activate the TCP proxy function.
  • Embodiment 50 The method of Embodiment 49, further comprising:
  • the TCP proxy function is applicable to all services of the second terminal device; or,
  • Embodiment 51 The method of any one of embodiments 47-49, further comprising:
  • Receive second indication information from the second network device where the second indication information is used to indicate to set the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow as the first tunnel or the second tunnel, or to indicate The access network tunnels corresponding to the first QoS flow are the first tunnel and the second tunnel.
  • Embodiment 52 The method of any one of embodiments 47-49, further comprising:
  • the data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
  • Embodiment 53 A method of communication comprising:
  • the first network device receives a first message, the first message is used to request to establish a first PDU session for the first terminal device, and the first message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the second PDU session, so The second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device;
  • the first network device selects a second network device for the first PDU session according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, and sends a fifth message to the second network device , the second network device is a network device serving the second PDU session, and the fifth message is used to request establishment of the first PDU session with an association relationship for the first terminal device, the first PDU session
  • the fifth message also includes the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, and the fifth message is used to indicate to establish an association relationship between the first PDU session and the second PDU session;
  • the second network device sends a ninth message to the fourth network device, where the ninth message is used to request establishment of an N4 session and allocate a first tunnel, the first tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the N4 session is associated with The second PDU session is associated, the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service;
  • the second network device sends a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session to the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 54 The method of embodiment 53, further comprising:
  • the second network device sends a tenth message to the fourth network device, the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel, wherein,
  • the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or to send the same , wherein the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session, and the first QoS flow is also associated with the first PDU session; or,
  • the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow
  • the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or to send the same data
  • the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session
  • the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session
  • the first The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • a communications device comprising:
  • a sending unit configured to send a first message, the first message is used to request establishment of a first PDU session for the communication device, the first message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the second PDU session,
  • the second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session are used for the first network device to select a second network device or to select a second network device for the first network device.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a second message from the first network device, where the second message includes information for accepting establishment of the first PDU session.
  • Embodiment 56 The communications device of embodiment 55, the first message further comprising a session establishment request message, wherein
  • the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session are included in the session establishment request message; or,
  • the identity of the second terminal device and the identity of the second PDU session are included in the first message, but not included in the session establishment request message; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session are included in the session establishment request message, and included in a bearer space in the first message except the session establishment request message.
  • Embodiment 57 The communication device according to embodiment 55 or 56, the first message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate that the first PDU session requested by the communication device to be established has an associated relationship to the PDU session.
  • Embodiment 58 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 55-57, the second message further includes a second parameter, and the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session executes data processing, and executes the data
  • the processing method includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transmitting service data on the first PDU session and the second PDU session, where there is an association
  • the data processing can be performed between related PDU sessions.
  • Embodiment 59 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 55-58, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the second terminal device and the second PDU session from the second terminal device logo.
  • Embodiment 60 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 55 to 59, the receiving unit is further configured to receive information of a first service from the second terminal device, and the first service is a slave-to-slave
  • the second terminal device transfers the service to a target terminal device, and the target terminal device includes the communication device, or includes the second terminal device and the communication device.
  • Embodiment 61 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 55-60, the receiving unit is further configured to receive connection parameters from the second terminal device, and the connection parameters include the second PDU session correspondence slicing information and/or data network name DNN.
  • Embodiment 62 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 55-61, the second message includes the QoS flow information configured by the second network device for the communication device for transmitting the first service.
  • Embodiment 63 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 55 to 62, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a third message from the first network device, and the third message includes that the second network device is QoS flow information configured by the communication device for transmitting the first service.
  • Embodiment 64 The communication device according to Embodiment 62 or 63, the QoS flow information includes a QoS flow identifier, and the QoS flow identifier is the same as that of the QoS flow for transmitting the first service by the second terminal device. IDs are the same or different.
  • Embodiment 65 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 55-64, the sending unit is further configured to send the information of the first service to the second network device, and the information of the first service It includes the identifier of the first service and/or packet information used to describe the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 66 The communication device of Embodiment 65,
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first processing mode to the second network device, wherein,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session transmission; or,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the communication device and the second terminal equipment, or to transfer the data of the first service between the communication device and the second terminal equipment Transmission on the second terminal device.
  • Embodiment 67 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 55-66, the sending unit is further configured to send first indication information to the second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The establishment of the first PDU session is completed, and/or used to trigger the data processing process of the PDU session.
  • a communications device comprising:
  • a sending unit configured to send a sixth message to the first network device, the sixth message is used to request to establish a second PDU session for the second terminal device, the sixth message includes a first parameter, and the first The parameter is used to indicate that the second PDU session requested by the communication device to be established is a PDU session with an association relationship and/or used to select a second network device;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive an eighth message from the first network device, where the eighth message includes information for accepting establishment of the second PDU session.
  • Embodiment 69 The communication device according to embodiment 68, the eighth message further includes a second parameter, and the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session performs data processing, and the manner in which the data processing is executed includes
  • the service data is transferred between the second PDU session and the PDU session of other terminal equipment, or the service data is transmitted on the second PDU session and the PDU session of the other terminal equipment, and the PDU of the other terminal equipment
  • the session has an association relationship with the second PDU session, wherein the data processing can be performed between the PDU sessions with the association relationship.
  • Embodiment 70 The communication device according to embodiment 68 or 69, the sending unit is further configured to send the identifier of the communication device and the identifier of the second PDU session to the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 71 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 68 to 70, the sending unit is further configured to send information of a first service to the first terminal device, and the first service is a slave-to-slave The communication device transfers the service to the target terminal device, and the target terminal device includes the first terminal device, or includes the communication device and the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 72 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 68 to 71, the sending unit is further configured to send connection parameters to the first terminal device, where the connection parameters include the second PDU session correspondence slicing information and/or data network name DNN.
  • Embodiment 73 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 68 to 72, the sending unit is further configured to send information of a first service to a second network device, where the information of the first service includes the first service An identifier of a service and/or packet information used to describe the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 74 The communication device of Embodiment 73,
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first processing mode to the second network device, wherein,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the PDU session of other terminal equipment and the second PDU session, or to transfer the data of the first service between the PDU session of other terminal equipment and the second PDU session transmission; or,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal equipment and the communication device, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal equipment and the communication device transmission on the communication device;
  • the PDU session of the other terminal device has an association relationship with the second PDU session.
  • Embodiment 75 The communication device according to embodiment 73 or 74, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first service from the first terminal device before the sending unit sends the information of the first service to the second network device Indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is established, and/or is used to trigger a data processing process of the PDU session.
  • a communications device comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first message, the first message is used to request establishment of a first PDU session for the first terminal device, the first message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the second PDU session,
  • the second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device;
  • a processing unit configured to select a second network device for the first PDU session according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, and the second network device serves the second The network device for the PDU session.
  • Embodiment 77 The communication device according to embodiment 76, further comprising a sending unit configured to send a second message to the first terminal device, the second message including a message for accepting the establishment of the first terminal device Information about a PDU session.
  • Embodiment 78 The communication device according to Embodiment 76 or 77, the first message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate that the first PDU session that the first terminal device requests to establish is A PDU session with an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 79 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 76-78, further comprising a sending unit, configured to send a second parameter to the first terminal device, the second parameter is used to indicate A method for performing data processing by a PDU session, where the method for performing the data processing includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session transmission over the second PDU session, wherein the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions that have an associated relationship.
  • a sending unit configured to send a second parameter to the first terminal device, the second parameter is used to indicate A method for performing data processing by a PDU session, where the method for performing the data processing includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session transmission over the second PDU session, wherein the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions that have an associated relationship.
  • Embodiment 80 The communication device of Embodiment 79, the processing unit is further configured to:
  • Embodiment 81 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 76-80, further comprising a sending unit;
  • the sending unit is configured to send a fourth message to a third network device, where the fourth message is used to request information on the network device serving the second PDU session;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the second network device from the third network device.
  • Embodiment 82 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 76-81, further comprising a sending unit, configured to send a fifth message to the second network device, the fifth message is used to request Establish a first PDU session with an association relationship for the first terminal device.
  • a sending unit configured to send a fifth message to the second network device, the fifth message is used to request Establish a first PDU session with an association relationship for the first terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, which are used to indicate that the first PDU session is related to The first PDU session establishes an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 84 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 76 to 83, the processing unit is further configured to store association relationship information, and the association relationship information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is related to the second PDU session. Association relationship between two PDU sessions.
  • Embodiment 85 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 76-84, further comprising a sending unit;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a sixth message, the sixth message is used to request to establish a second PDU session for the second terminal device, the sixth message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter uses Indicating that the second PDU session requested by the second terminal device to be established is a PDU session with an association relationship;
  • the processing unit is further configured to select the second network device that supports the PDU session with the association relationship;
  • the sending unit is configured to send a seventh message to the second network device, where the seventh message is used to request establishment of a second PDU session with an association relationship for the second terminal device.
  • Embodiment 86 The communication apparatus according to embodiment 85, further comprising a sending unit configured to send an eighth message to the second terminal device, the eighth message including a message for accepting the establishment of the first Two PDU session information.
  • a communications device comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a fifth message from the first network device, the fifth message is used to request to establish a first PDU session with an association relationship for the first terminal device, and the fifth message also includes the second terminal device's An identifier and an identifier of a second PDU session, where the second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device, and the fifth message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is associated with the second PDU session relation;
  • a sending unit configured to send a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session to the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 88 The communication device according to embodiment 87, the communication device further includes a processing unit, configured to determine, according to the subscription information of the first terminal device, that the first terminal device supports establishing a PDU with an association relationship session.
  • Embodiment 89 The communication device according to embodiment 87 or 88, the message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session includes a second parameter, the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session performs data processing
  • the method of performing the data processing includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transmitting service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session , wherein the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions having an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 90 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 87-89, further comprising a processing unit configured to assign the same IP address to the first PDU session as the second PDU session.
  • Embodiment 91 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 87-90, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a seventh message from the first network device, and the seventh message is used to request for the The second terminal device establishes a second PDU session with an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 92 The communication device according to Embodiment 91, the sending unit is further configured to send a second parameter to the second terminal device, where the second parameter is used to indicate the manner in which the PDU session performs data processing,
  • the manner of performing the data processing includes transferring service data between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or transmitting service data on the first PDU session and the second PDU session, Wherein, the data processing can be performed between PDU sessions having an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 93 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 87 to 92, the fifth message includes a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to indicate the first terminal device requesting to establish the first parameter.
  • a PDU session is a PDU session with an association relationship.
  • Embodiment 94 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 87-93, the sending unit is further configured to:
  • Sending a ninth message to the fourth network device the ninth message is used to request to establish an N4 session and allocate a first tunnel, the first tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow;
  • the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel, the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the tenth message also Instructing to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or to send the same data to different terminal devices;
  • the N4 session is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session. used to transmit the data stream of the first service.
  • Embodiment 95 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 87-93, the sending unit is further configured to:
  • the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel, the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow, and the tenth message also indicates that the The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow transfer data between different terminal devices, or send the same data to different terminal devices;
  • the N4 session is associated with the first PDU session and the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session
  • the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session Association
  • the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 96 The communication device according to embodiment 94 or 95, the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the fourth network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first The access network tunnel corresponding to a QoS flow is set as the first tunnel or the second tunnel, or indicates that the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is the first tunnel and the second tunnel.
  • Embodiment 97 The communication device according to Embodiment 94 or 95, the sending unit is further configured to send second indication information to the fourth network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first The data flow of a service is transmitted through the first QoS flow or the second QoS flow, or the data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
  • Embodiment 98 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 94 to 97, the ninth message is further used to indicate activation of a TCP proxy function.
  • Embodiment 99 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 94-98, the receiving unit is further configured to:
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first PDU session and the second PDU session transmission; or,
  • the first processing method is to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or to transfer the data of the first service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device for transmission.
  • Embodiment 100 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 94, 96-99, further comprising a processing unit configured to configure the first QoS flow for the first terminal device, the first QoS flow A QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 101 The communication device according to any one of embodiments 95-99, further comprising a processing unit configured to configure the first QoS flow for the first terminal device, and the first QoS flow The flow is different from the second QoS flow, and the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • a processing unit configured to configure the first QoS flow for the first terminal device, and the first QoS flow The flow is different from the second QoS flow, and the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • a communication device comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a ninth message from the second network device, the ninth message is used to request establishment of an N4 session and allocate a first tunnel, the first tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the N4 session is associated with the first QoS flow Two PDU sessions are associated, the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a tenth message from the second network device, the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel, wherein,
  • the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or to send the same , wherein the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session, and the first QoS flow is also associated with the first PDU session; or,
  • the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow
  • the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or to send the same data
  • the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session
  • the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session
  • the first The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 103 The communication device according to embodiment 102, the ninth message is further used to indicate activation of the TCP proxy function.
  • Embodiment 104 The communication device according to embodiment 103, the communication device further includes a processing unit configured to activate the TCP proxy function for the second terminal device, and the TCP proxy function is applicable to the second terminal device All services of the terminal equipment; or,
  • Embodiment 105 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 101 to 103, the receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the second network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the The access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is set as the first tunnel or the second tunnel, or indicates that the access network tunnel corresponding to the first QoS flow is the first tunnel and the second tunnel.
  • Embodiment 106 The communication device according to any one of Embodiments 101 to 103, the receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the second network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the The data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow or the second QoS flow, or the data flow of the first service is transmitted through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
  • Embodiment 107 A communication system, comprising a first network device, a second network device, and a fourth network device, wherein,
  • the first network device is configured to receive a first message, the first message is used to request establishment of a first PDU session for the first terminal device, and the first message further includes an identifier of the second terminal device and a second PDU an identifier of a session, the second PDU session is a PDU session of the second terminal device;
  • the first network device is further configured to select the second network device for the first PDU session according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, and send the second
  • the network device sends a fifth message
  • the second network device is a network device serving the second PDU session
  • the fifth message is used to request to establish the first terminal device with an association relationship for the first terminal device.
  • the fifth message further includes the identifier of the second terminal device and the identifier of the second PDU session, and the fifth message is used to indicate that the first PDU session and the second PDU session establish a relationship;
  • the second network device is configured to send a ninth message to the fourth network device, where the ninth message is used to request establishment of an N4 session and allocate a first tunnel, where the first tunnel is associated with a first QoS flow,
  • the N4 session is associated with the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data flow of the first service
  • the second network device is further configured to send a message for accepting establishment of the first PDU session to the first terminal device.
  • Embodiment 108 The communication system of Embodiment 107,
  • the second network device is further configured to send a tenth message to the fourth network device, where the tenth message is used to modify the N4 session and allocate a second tunnel, wherein,
  • the second tunnel is associated with the first QoS flow, and the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first tunnel and the second tunnel, or to send the same , wherein the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session, and the first QoS flow is also associated with the first PDU session; or,
  • the second tunnel is associated with the second QoS flow
  • the tenth message also indicates to transfer data between different terminal devices through the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, or to send the same data
  • the N4 session is also associated with the first PDU session
  • the first QoS flow is associated with the second PDU session
  • the second QoS flow is associated with the first PDU session
  • the first The first QoS flow and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the data flow of the first service.
  • Embodiment 109 An apparatus comprising means for performing the method introduced in any embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiment 110 A computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the method according to any one of embodiments 1-13, Or make the computer execute the method as described in any one of Embodiments 14-21, or make the computer execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 22-32, or make the computer execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 22-32.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及一种通信方法及装置。第一终端设备发送第一消息，用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，用于第一网络设备选择第二网络设备或为第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话建立关联关系。第一终端设备从第一网络设备接收第二消息，第二消息包括用于接受建立第一PDU会话的信息。例如具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行业务数据的转移，第一PDU会话的业务数据可以转移到第二PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够转移到第一PDU会话，减小了媒体转移过程中业务中断的时间，甚至在媒体转移过程中业务无需中断，提高了业务的传输质量，也提高了用户体验。

Description

一种通信方法及装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2021年08月25日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202110982180.8、申请名称为“一种设备间转移的方法”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中；本申请要求在2021年10月30日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202111277521.8、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。
背景技术
随着电子技术的发展，用户同时拥有的电子设备的数量越来越多，例如用户可以有手机、平板电脑(PAD)、智能电视机、个人计算机(personal computer，PC)、智能手表等具有通信能力的电子设备。用户在使用多个电子设备时，可能需要将媒体从一个设备转移到另一个设备。
例如，用户在回家路上使用手机观看某网站上的视频，回到家后打开智能电视机，使用智能电视机登录同一个账号，以继续观看该视频，这也是将媒体从一个设备转移到另一个设备的过程。那么，用户在使用智能电视机继续观看视频时，智能电视机需要重新与该视频的应用服务器建立连接后才能开始播放该视频，也就是说，在此媒体转移的过程中，当使用下一个设备继续接收媒体信息时，下一个设备需要重新与应用服务器建立连接，这导致业务中断的时间比较长。
可见，目前的媒体转移过程会导致业务中断的时间较长。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，用于减小媒体转移过程中业务中断的时间。
第一方面，提供第一种通信方法，该方法可由终端设备执行，或由包括终端设备的更大设备执行，或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行，该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能，该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该终端设备例如称为第一终端设备。该方法包括：发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立第一协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话(session)，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话，所述第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识用于所述第一网络设备选择第二网络设备或为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；从第一网络设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的信息。
本申请实施例中，第一终端设备的第一PDU会话与第二终端设备的第二PDU会话之间可以建立关联关系，例如具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行业务数据的转移，第 一PDU会话的业务数据可以转移到第二PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够转移到第一PDU会话。而无论如何转移，第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话都是已建立的PDU会话，在进行媒体转移时无需先建立会话后再进行转移，而是可以直接进行转移，由此减小了媒体转移过程中业务中断的时间，甚至在媒体转移过程中业务无需中断，提高了业务的传输质量，也提高了用户体验。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，所述第一消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。例如，第一消息通过包括第二终端设备的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，就能隐含指示为第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话建立关联关系，或隐含指示第一终端设备请求建立的第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。或者，第一消息还可以包括第一参数，第一参数可显式指示第一终端设备请求建立的第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话，使得指示方式更为明确。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，所述第二消息还包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。网络可以向第一终端设备发送第二参数，从而第一终端设备可以明确第一PDU会话所能够支持的业务数据的处理方式。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第三种可选的实施方式中，所述第二消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述第一终端设备配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。例如，第一终端设备在建立第一PDU会话的过程中就能执行业务数据的处理，例如将业务数据从第二PDU会话转移到第一PDU会话，或者将业务数据在第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话上传输。那么要在第一PDU会话上传输业务数据，第二网络设备就可以为第一终端设备配置用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息，则可以通过第二消息发送给第一终端设备。在这种方式下，PDU会话的建立过程与业务数据的处理过程可以同步完成，能够减少执行步骤，提高业务数据的处理效率。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式或第一方面的第二种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第四种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：从第一网络设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述第一终端设备配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。例如，第一终端设备可以在建立第一PDU会话完毕之后再执行业务数据的处理，则在第一PDU会话建立完毕后，第二网络设备再通过第三消息向第一终端设备发送用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。这种方式下的处理流程能够更好地与现有的PDU会话建立等流程相兼容。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实施方式至第一方面的第四种可选的实施方式中的任一种可选的实施方式，在第一方面的第五种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一业务的信息，所述第一业务的信息包括所述第一业务的标识和/或用于描述所述第一业务的数据流的包信息。第一终端设备可以请求执行业务数据的处理，例如需要处理的是第一业务的业务数据，则第一终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第一业务的信息，从而第二网络设备可以执行第一业务的业务数据的处理。
第二方面，提供第二种通信方法，该方法可由终端设备执行，或由包括终端设备的更 大设备执行，或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行，该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能，该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该终端设备例如称为第二终端设备。该方法包括：向第一网络设备发送第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立第二PDU会话，所述第六消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第二终端设备请求建立的所述第二PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话和/或用于选择第二网络设备；从所述第一网络设备接收第八消息，所述第八消息包括用于接受建立所述第二PDU会话的信息。
第二终端设备在建立第二PDU会话时可将第二PDU会话建立为具有关联关系的PDU会话，从而第一终端设备的第一PDU会话与第二终端设备的第二PDU会话之间可以建立关联关系，例如具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行业务数据的转移，第一PDU会话的业务数据可以转移到第二PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够转移到第一PDU会话。而无论如何转移，第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话都是已建立的PDU会话，在进行媒体转移时无需先建立会话后再进行转移，而是可以直接进行转移，由此减小了媒体转移过程中业务中断的时间，甚至在媒体转移过程中业务无需中断，提高了业务的传输质量，也提高了用户体验。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，所述第八消息还包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第二PDU会话与其他终端设备的PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第二PDU会话和所述其他终端设备的PDU会话上传输，所述其他终端设备的PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话具有关联关系，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。网络可以向第二终端设备发送第二参数，从而第二终端设备可以明确第二PDU会话所能够支持的业务数据的处理方式。其中，由于第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话具有关联关系，因此网络发送给第一终端设备的第二参数和发送给第二终端设备的第二参数可以是相同的参数。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实施方式，在第二方面的第二种可选的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：向第二网络设备发送第一业务的信息，所述第一业务的信息包括所述第一业务的标识和/或用于描述所述第一业务的数据流的包信息。第一终端设备可以请求执行业务数据的处理，第二终端设备也可以请求执行业务数据的处理，例如需要处理的是第一业务的业务数据，则第二终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第一业务的信息，从而第二网络设备可以执行第一业务的业务数据的处理。
第三方面，提供第三种通信方法，该方法可由第一网络设备执行，或由包括第一网络设备的更大设备执行，或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行，该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现第一网络设备的功能，该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在第一网络设备中。第一网络设备例如为核心网设备，例如AMF，可称为第一AMF，或者，第一网络设备也可以是其他设备。该方法包括：接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话；根据所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，为所述第一PDU会话选择第二网络设备，所述第二网络设备是服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备。
第四方面，提供第四种通信方法，该方法可由第二网络设备执行，或由包括第二网络 设备的更大设备执行，或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行，该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现第二网络设备的功能，该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在第二网络设备中。第二网络设备例如为核心网设备，例如SMF，或者，第二网络设备也可以是其他设备。该方法包括：从第一网络设备接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话，所述第五消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话，所述第五消息用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；向所述第一终端设备发送用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息。
第五方面，提供第五种通信方法，该方法可由第四网络设备执行，或由包括第四网络设备的更大设备执行，或由芯片系统或其他功能模块执行，该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现第四网络设备的功能，该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在第四网络设备中。第四网络设备例如为核心网设备，例如UPF，或者，第四网络设备也可以是其他设备。该方法包括：从第二网络设备接收第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联，所述N4会话与第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流；从所述第二网络设备接收第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道。其中，所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流还与所述第一PDU会话关联；或，所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
第六方面，提供第六种通信方法，该方法包括：第一网络设备接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话；所述第一网络设备根据所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，为所述第一PDU会话选择第二网络设备，并向所述第二网络设备发送第五消息，所述第二网络设备是服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备，所述第五消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的所述第一PDU会话，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，所述第五消息用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；所述第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联，所述N4会话与第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流；所述第二网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第一种可选的实施方式中，所述第二网络设备向所述第四网络设备发送第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道。其中，所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二 隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流还与所述第一PDU会话关联；或，所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
关于第三方面至第六方面中的任意一方面所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面和/或第二方面的技术效果的介绍。
第七方面，提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的第一终端设备。所述通信装置具备上述第一终端设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为第一终端设备，或为第一终端设备中的功能模块，例如基带装置或芯片系统等。或者，所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的第二终端设备。所述通信装置具备上述第二终端设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为第二终端设备，或为第二终端设备中的功能模块，例如基带装置或芯片系统等。
一种可选的实现方式中，所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中，所述通信装置包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。收发单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能，在收发单元实现发送功能时，可称为发送单元(有时也称为发送模块)，在收发单元实现接收功能时，可称为接收单元(有时也称为接收模块)。发送单元和接收单元可以是同一个功能模块，该功能模块称为收发单元，该功能模块能实现发送功能和接收功能；或者，发送单元和接收单元可以是不同的功能模块，收发单元是对这些功能模块的统称。
在一种可选的实现方式中，所述通信装置还包括存储单元，所述处理单元用于与所述存储单元耦合，并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令，使能所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的第一终端设备或第二终端设备的功能。
第八方面，提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的第一网络设备。所述通信装置具备上述第一网络设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为第一网络设备，或为第一网络设备中的功能模块，例如基带装置或芯片系统等。或者，所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的第二网络设备。所述通信装置具备上述第二网络设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为第二网络设备，或为第二网络设备中的功能模块，例如基带装置或芯片系统等。或者，所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的第四网络设备。所述通信装置具备上述第四网络设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为第四网络设备，或为第四网络设备中的功能模块，例如基带装置或芯片系统等。
一种可选的实现方式中，所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中，所述通信装置包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。收发单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能，在收发单元实现发送功能时，可称为发送单元(有时也称为发送模块)，在收发单元实现接收功能时，可称为接收单元(有时也称为接收模块)。发送单元和接收单元可以是同一个功能模块，该功能模块称为收发单元，该功能模块能实现发送功能和接收功能；或者，发送单元和接收单元可以是不同的功 能模块，收发单元是对这些功能模块的统称。
在一种可选的实现方式中，所述通信装置还包括存储单元，所述处理单元用于与所述存储单元耦合，并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令，使能所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的第一网络设备、第二网络设备、或第四网络设备的功能。
第九方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序或指令，当其被运行时，使得上述各方面中第一终端设备、第二终端设备、第一网络设备、第二网络设备、或第四网络设备所执行的方法被实现。
第十方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得上述各方面所述的方法被实现。
第十一方面，提供一种装置，包含用于执行本申请任一实施例所述方法的一个或多个单元。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法的流程图；
图5A～图5B为本申请实施例中UE与UPF之间的QoS流的两种示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法的流程图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种装置的示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种装置的示意图。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。
以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语或概念进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
本申请实施例中，终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备，可以是固定设备，移动设备、手持设备(例如手机)、穿戴设备、车载设备，或内置于上述设备中的无线装置(例如，通信模块，调制解调器，或芯片系统等)。所述终端设备用于连接人，物，机器等，可广泛用于各种场景，例如包括但不限于以下场景：蜂窝通信、设备到设备通信(device-to-device，D2D)、车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications，M2M/MTC)、物联网(internet of things，IoT)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通，智慧城市(smart city)、无人机、机器人等场景的终端设备。所述终端设备有时可称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、终端、接入站、UE站、远方站、无线通信设备、或用户装置等等。为描述方便，本申请实施例中将终端设备以UE为例进行说明。
本申请实施例中的网络设备，例如包括接入网设备，和/或核心网设备。所述接入网设备为具有无线收发功能的设备，用于与所述终端设备进行通信。所述接入网设备包括但不限于上述通信系统中的基站(BTS，Node B,eNodeB/eNB，或gNodeB/gNB)、收发点(transmission reception point，TRP)，第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)后续演进的基站，无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)系统中的接入节点，无线中继节点，无线回传节点等。所述基站可以是：宏基站，微基站，微微基站，小站，中继站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种接入技术的网络，也可以支持上述提及的不同接入技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的传输接收点。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit，CU)，和/或分布单元(distributed unit，DU)。网络设备还可以是服务器或可穿戴设备等。例如，车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)技术中的网络设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit，RSU)。以下对接入网设备以为基站为例进行说明。基站可以与终端设备进行通信，也可以通过中继站与终端设备进行通信。终端设备可以与不同接入技术中的多个基站进行通信。所述核心网设备用于实现移动管理，数据处理，会话管理，策略和计费等功能。不同接入技术的系统中实现核心网功能的设备名称可以不同，本申请实施例并不对此进行限定。以5G系统为例，所述核心网设备包括：访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)、策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)或用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)等。
本申请实施例中，用于实现网络设备功能的通信装置可以是网络设备，也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
本申请实施例中，对于名词的数目，除非特别说明，表示“单数名词或复数名词”，即"一个或多个”。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如，A/B，表示：A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个)，表示：a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c，其中a,b,c可以是单个，也可以是多个。
本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。例如，第一消息和第二消息，可以是同一个消息，也可以是不同的消息，且，这种名称也并不是表示这两个消息的大小、内容、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。另外，本申请所介绍的各个实施例中对于步骤的编号，只是为了区分不同的步骤，并不用于限定步骤之间的先后顺序。例如，步骤S201可以发生在步骤S202之前，或者可能发生在S202之后，或者也可能与S202同时发生。
目前随着电子技术的发展，用户可能拥有多个电子设备，例如手机、PAD、智能电视机等。用户在使用多个电子设备时，可能需要将媒体从一个设备转移到另一个设备。例如，用户在回家路上使用手机观看某网站上的视频，回到家后打开智能电视机，使用智能电视 机登录同一个账号，以继续观看该视频，这是将媒体从一个设备转移到另一个设备的过程。那么，用户在使用智能电视机继续观看视频时，智能电视机需要重新与该视频的应用服务器建立连接后才能开始播放该视频，也就是说，在此媒体转移的过程中，当使用下一个设备继续接收媒体信息时，下一个设备需要重新与应用服务器建立连接，这导致业务中断的时间比较长。
又例如，用户通过PAD向PC进行无线投屏，使得PC显示PAD上的内容，这也是将媒体从一个设备转移到另一个设备的过程。而在无线投屏的过程中，PAD不能中途退出，也不能被移动到无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)覆盖范围外的区域，否则无线投屏会中断，PC无法继续显示PAD上的内容。也就是说，在此媒体转移的过程中，中间设备(例如PAD)需要全程参与，对于设备的绑定要求过于严格。
鉴于此，提供本申请实施例的技术方案。本申请实施例中，第一终端设备的第一PDU会话与第二终端设备的第二PDU会话之间可以建立关联关系，例如具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行业务数据的转移，第一PDU会话的业务数据可以转移到第二PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够转移到第一PDU会话。而无论如何转移，第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话都是已建立的PDU会话，在进行媒体转移时无需先建立会话后再进行转移，而是可以直接进行转移，由此减小了媒体转移过程中业务中断的时间，甚至在媒体转移过程中业务无需中断，提高了业务的传输质量，也提高了用户体验。或者，在进行媒体转移时，由于已将业务数据转移到另一个PDU会话，则前一个PDU会话(或者说，前一个PDU会话对应的终端设备)不再参与该业务数据的传输，因此前一个PDU会话(或者说，前一个PDU会话对应的终端设备)可以退出，也减小了对于设备绑定程度的要求，使得应用方式更为灵活。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation，4G)系统中，例如长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统，或可以应用于第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation，5G)系统中，例如新无线(new radio，NR)系统，或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统，具体的不做限制。另外本申请实施例提供的技术方案由于涉及UE之间的媒体转移，因此可以应用于设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)场景，例如NR-D2D场景等，或者可以应用于车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)场景，例如NR-V2X场景等。例如可应用于车联网，例如V2X、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle，V2V)等，或可用于智能驾驶、辅助驾驶、或智能网联车等领域；又例如可应用于扩展现实(extended reality，XR)或投屏等场景。
请参考图1，以5G系统为例，为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图。图1包括UE、基站、AMF、SMF、UPF、统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)以及数据网络(data network，DN)，图1中的连线表示两个网元之间能够通信。另外，图1中的“Ni(i＝1,2,3,4,6,8,11)”均表示两个网元之间的接口，例如N1表示UE与AMF之间的接口，N2表示基站(或者说，接入网，或者说，接入网设备)与AMF之间的接口，N4表示SMF与UPF之间的接口，等等。
AMF为第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation，5G)的核心网实体，用于对UE的注册过程、移动性过程、以及可达性等进行管理。
SMF为5G的核心网实体，用于对UE的PDU会话进行管理，包括PDU会话的建立、修改、删除过程，还包括PDU会话内的服务质量(quality of service，QoS)流(flow)的 建立、修改、删除等过程。
UDM为5G的核心网实体，用于对用户的签约数据进行管理。UDM与第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation，4G)的归属地签约服务器(home subscriber serverHSS)功能类似。图1中的UDM也可以理解为UDM和HSS功能的组合。
UPF为5G的核心网实体，用于用户面数据的发送和接收。例如，核心网接收到来自DN的数据后，通过UPF与基站(例如gNB)间的隧道，将该数据发送给gNB。或者，UPF通过与gNB间的隧道接收来自gNB的数据后，将该数据发送给DN。
基站例如为gNB，gNB为5G的基站，与UE通过空口进行通信，与UPF间通过隧道进行数据收发。
DN为数据网络，例如，互联网(internet)或互联网协议多媒体子系统(internet protocol multimedia subsystem，IMS)网络都属于DN的一种。应用服务器可以属于DN网络的一部分，应用服务器可提供相应的应用(application，APP)，或者说，应用服务器可提供相应的业务数据。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例所提供的方法。在本申请的各个实施例对应的附图中，凡是可选的步骤均用虚线表示。在本申请的各个实施例中，第一网络设备例如为AMF，或者也可以是其他设备；第二网络设备例如为SMF，或者也可以是其他设备；第三网络设备例如为AMF，或者也可以是其他设备；第四网络设备例如为UPF，或者也可以是其他设备。在后文的介绍过程中，均以第一网络设备是AMF(例如称为第一AMF)、第二网络设备是SMF、第三网络设备是AMF(例如称为第二AMF)、第四网络设备是UPF为例。本申请的各个实施例中，“会话”例如为“PDU会话”，或者也可以是其他类型的会话。在后文的介绍过程中，均以“PDU会话”为例。
本申请的各个实施例所提供的方法均可应用于图1所示的网络架构。例如本申请的各个实施例所提供的方法所涉及的第一UE即为图1中的UE1，第二UE即为图1中的UE2，第一AMF即为图1中的AMF1，第二AMF即为图1中的AMF2，第一接入网设备即为图1中的基站1，第二接入网设备即为图1中的基站2，SMF即为图1中的SMF，UPF即为图1中的UPF。
本申请实施例提供第一种通信方法，请参见图2，为该方法的流程图。
S201、第一UE发送第一消息，第一消息可请求为第一UE建立PDU会话。为了与其他PDU会话相区分，例如将该PDU会话称为第一PDU会话。第一消息例如为非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)消息，或者也可以是其他消息。
例如第一UE向第一AMF发送第一消息，则第一AMF从第一UE接收第一消息，第一AMF是服务于第一UE的AMF，图2以此为例。或者，第一UE向SMF发送消息，而UE发送给SMF的消息需要通过AMF转发，因此第一AMF也从第一UE接收第一消息。该SMF是服务于第一UE的SMF。
第一消息例如包括第二UE的标识，以及包括第二PDU会话的标识，第二PDU会话已建立，且第二PDU会话是第二UE的PDU会话。可选的，第一消息还包括会话建立请求消息，该会话建立请求消息可请求建立会话。例如第一消息是NAS消息，该NAS消息可包括N1 SM容器(container)，该N1 SM container可视为PDU会话建立请求(PDU session establishment request)消息，用于请求建立PDU会话。对于第一AMF来说，接收第一消息后并不解析该N1 SM container，而是会将该N1 SM container发送给SMF。可选的，第 一消息包括第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识是指，该N1 SM container包括第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，则SMF能够获得第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，但第一AMF无法获得第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识。或者，第一消息包括第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识是指，该N1 SM container不包括第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，但第一消息中除了该N1 SM container之外的字段承载第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，则第一AMF能够获得第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，但SMF无法通过N1 SM container获得第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，后续在S204中可以由AMF向SMF发送第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识。或者，第一消息包括第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识是指，该N1 SM container包括第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，以及第一消息中除了该N1 SM container之外的字段也承载第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，则第一AMF能够获得第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，SMF也能获得第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识。
其中，第一消息所包括的第二UE的标识，例如为第二UE的第一标识，第二UE的第一标识例如为第二UE的5G-全球唯一临时UE标识(globally unique temporary UE identity，GUTI)或移动用户国际综合业务数字网/公用电话交换网号码(mobile subscriber international ISDN/PSTN number，MSISDN)等。第二PDU会话的标识例如为第二PDU会话的ID。
对于第一AMF来说，如果确定第一消息包括第二UE的第一标识和第二PDU会话的标识，则可以根据第二UE的第一标识和第二PDU会话的标识为第一UE选择SMF，或者说为第一PDU会话选择SMF，和/或，可以根据第二UE的第一标识和第二PDU会话的标识，为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话建立关联关系。例如第一AMF根据第二UE的第一标识和第二PDU会话的标识，可以为第一PDU会话选择服务于第二PDU会话的SMF，也就是说，使得服务于第一PDU会话的SMF和服务于第二PDU会话的SMF是同一个SMF。因为要在PDU会话之间执行业务数据的转移，需要发起PDU会话修改流程，而一般来说是由SMF发起PDU会话修改流程。因此如果具有关联关系的PDU会话是由同一个SMF服务，则该SMF可以更方便发起PDU会话修改流程，简化业务数据在PDU会话之间转移的过程。而且SMF还可以为PDU会话分配IP地址，如果服务于具有关联关系的PDU会话的SMF是同一个，那么可选的，该SMF可以为具有关联关系的PDU会话分配同一个IP地址，从而能够将这些PDU会话通过IP地址进行关联。
对于SMF来说，如果确定第一UE在请求建立PDU会话时携带了第二UE的标识(对于SMF来说，得到的可能是第二UE的第二标识，将在后文介绍)和第二PDU会话的标识，则SMF可以根据第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话建立关联关系。
可选的，第一消息还包括第一参数，第一参数可指示第一UE请求建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者指示第一UE请求建立的PDU会话(例如第一PDU会话)为具有关联关系的PDU会话。例如，第一参数可以是第一消息包括的请求类型(request type)，如果该request type的取值为多UE PDU请求(multi-UE PDU request)，则表示第一参数指示第一UE请求建立的PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。或者，第一参数也可以通过第一消息中的其他已有参数实现，或者第一参数也可以是在第一消息中新定义的参数。由于第一消息还包括第二UE的第一标识和第二PDU会话的标识，因此第一AMF和/或SMF 就能明确第一UE是请求为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话建立关联关系。
可选的，第一消息还包括第一UE的标识，例如将第一消息包括第一UE的第一标识。第一UE的第一标识例如包括第一UE的5G-GUTI或MSISDN等。
另外可选的，第一UE执行S201，例如是第一UE所触发的。例如第二UE确定要进行业务数据的转移，则第二UE可触发第一UE，从而第一UE执行S201，以建立第一PDU会话。也就是说，在S201之前，可选还包括S202：第二UE向第一UE发送第一业务的信息，相应的，第二UE从第一UE接收第一业务的信息。第一业务是需要从第二UE转移到目标UE的业务，目标UE例如包括第一UE，或者包括第一UE和第二UE。或者说，第一业务是需要从第二PDU会话转移到目标PDU会话的业务，目标PDU会话例如包括第一PDU会话，或者包括第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话。第二UE接收第一业务的信息后，就能明确第一业务需要在PDU会话之间转移。此时，如果第二UE尚未为第一业务建立PDU会话，则第二UE可执行S201，以建立第一PDU会话来传输第一业务。在S202中，第二UE除了向第一UE发送第一业务的信息外，还可以向第一UE发送第二UE的标识(例如，第二UE的第一标识)以及第二PDU会话的标识，从而第一UE可通过第一消息发送第二UE的第一标识以及第二PDU会话的标识。
第一业务的信息例如包括第一业务的标识，和/或包括用于描述第一业务的数据流的包信息。第一业务的标识例如为第一业务的ID，用于描述第一业务的数据流的包信息例如包括第一业务的IP包头信息、三元组信息或五元组信息中的一项或多项。第一业务的三元组信息例如包括第一业务对应的目标IP(target IP)地址、目标端口(target port)号、传输层协议等。第一业务的五元组信息例如包括第一业务的源IP(source IP)地址、目标IP地址、源端口(source port)号、目标端口号、传输层协议等。传输层协议例如为传输控制协议(transmission control protocol，TCP)或用户数据报协议(user datagram protocol，UDP)等。
可选的，在S202中，第二UE还可以向第一UE发送连接参数，相应的，第一UE从第二UE接收连接参数。例如第二UE通过一条消息向第一UE发送第一业务的信息以及连接参数，或者第二UE也可以通过不同的消息分别向第一UE发送第一业务的信息和连接参数。该连接参数例如为第一业务所对应的(或者，第二PDU会话所对应的)用于与网络连接的参数，例如该连接参数包括第二PDU会话对应的网络切片信息和/或数据网络名称(data network name，DNN)等参数。
或者，第一UE也可以自行确定连接参数，例如第一UE根据第一业务的信息可确定连接参数，则第二UE无需向第一UE发送连接参数。或者，网络(例如第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备等)可以根据第二PDU会话设置第一PDU会话的连接参数，则第二UE也可以无需向第一UE发送连接参数，第一UE也无需向网络发送连接参数。
第一消息请求为第一UE建立PDU会话，例如是请求新建第一PDU会话，或者也可以是请求重建第一PDU会话，如果是重建第一PDU会话，表明第一PDU会话之前已建立，目前是重建过程。或者，第一消息也可以用于请求修改第一PDU会话，则也表明第一PDU会话之前已建立，目前是修改过程。如果第一PDU会话之前已建立，则之前建立的第一PDU会话可能是具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者也可以是不具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者说是普通的PDU会话。本申请实施例以第一消息请求为第一UE新建PDU会话为例。
S203、第一AMF根据第二UE的标识(例如，第二UE的第一标识)和第二PDU会话的标识，为第一PDU会话选择SMF。该SMF例如为服务于第二PDU会话的SMF。
可选的，第一AMF在接收第一消息后，可以获得第一UE的签约信息，以根据第一UE的签约信息确定第一UE是否支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。例如，如果第一UE的签约信息包括第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话的签约信息(或者说，第一UE建立multi-UE PDU request的签约信息)、个人网络签约信息、或虚拟组签约信息中的一项或多项，则第一AMF确定能够为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。而如果第一UE的签约信息不包括如上各项，则第一AMF确定第一UE不支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者说第一AMF确定不能为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。此时，第一AMF可以向第一UE发送拒绝消息，以拒绝为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话；或者，第一AMF可以将第一请求所请求建立的PDU会话修改为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第一AMF将第一请求包括的request type的取值修改为非multi-UE PDU request，例如修改为初始请求(initial request)。
另外，如果第一AMF确定第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第二PDU会话的request type的取值是multi-UE PDU request，则第一AMF可执行S202(或者，第一AMF确定第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话，且第一AMF确定第一UE支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，则第一AMF可执行S202)。而如果第一AMF确定第二PDU会话不是具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第二PDU会话的request type的取值不是multi-UE PDU request，则第一AMF可拒绝第一UE建立PDU会话的请求，即，拒绝第一消息，或者，第一AMF可修改第一消息，例如将第一消息包括的request type的取值修改为非multi-UE PDU request，例如修改为initial request。
例如服务于第一UE的AMF是第一AMF，服务于第二UE的AMF是第二AMF。如果第一AMF与第二AMF是同一个AMF，则第一AMF能够确定服务于第二PDU会话的SMF是哪一个SMF。而如果第一AMF与第二AMF是不同的AMF，则第一AMF可以向第二AMF发送第四消息，第四消息可请求获得服务于第二PDU会话的SMF的信息。第二AMF接收第四消息后可以向第一AMF发送服务于第二PDU会话的SMF的标识，从而第一AMF接收该SMF的标识后，可为第一PDU会话选择该SMF。
S204、第一AMF向SMF发送第五消息。相应的，SMF从第一AMF接收第五消息。第五消息可请求为第一UE建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话。可选的，第五消息包括第一参数。
例如，第一AMF通过调用SMF提供的服务向SMF发送第五消息，例如SMF提供的服务为会话更新会话管理上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request)服务，其中，Nsmf表示SMF提供的服务，“N”可以理解为网络功能(network function)。在后文中涉及的各个服务均可按照类似方式理解。另外，该服务中的“SM”为会话管理(session management，SM)。SMF从第一AMF接收Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request后，还可向第一AMF发送会话更新会话管理上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response)。
可选的，第五消息包括第二UE的标识和第二PDU会话的标识，以指示为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话建立关联关系。第五消息所包括的第二UE的标识，例如为第二UE的第二标识，第二UE的第二标识例如包括第二UE的用户永久标识(subscription permanent  identifier，SUPI)或国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity，IMSI)。第一AMF所接收的第二UE的标识可以是第二UE的第一标识，第二UE的第一标识例如包括5G-GUTI或MSISDN，第一AMF可将第二UE的5G-GUTI或MSISDN映射为SUPI，或映射为IMSI，再将得到的SUPI或IMSI发送给SMF。
可选的，第五消息还可包括第一UE的标识，例如第五消息包括的第一UE的标识为第一UE的第二标识。第一UE的第二标识可以是第一UE的SUPI或IMSI，第一AMF是将所接收的第一UE的5G-GUTI或MSISDN映射为SUPI，或映射为IMSI，再将得到的SUPI或IMSI发送给SMF。
S205、SMF确定是否为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
SMF在接收第五消息后，可能接受为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，也可能拒绝为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。可选的，SMF在接收第五消息后，可以确定第一UE是否支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如SMF根据第一UE的签约信息确定第一UE是否支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，确定方式可参考S203中第一AMF的确定方式。
如果SMF确定第一UE支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF可以为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。例如，SMF为第一PDU会话分配第一IP地址。可选的，第一IP地址与第二IP地址相同，第二IP地址是第二PDU会话的IP地址。通过令两个PDU会话的IP地址相同，可以将两个PDU会话相关联。可理解为，令两个PDU会话的IP地址相同，是为这两个PDU会话建立关联关系的一种方式。或者，SMF也可以不为第一PDU会话分配与第二PDU会话的IP地址相同的IP地址，即，第一IP地址与第二IP地址也可以不同。即使第一IP地址与第二IP地址不同，SMF和AMF等网元也都能明确第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话具有关联关系。其中，如果第一IP地址与第二IP地址不同，则第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话之间的关联关系，可以通过UPF执行传输层代理功能来实现，关于该内容，将在后文的实施例中介绍。
而如果SMF确定第一UE不支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者说SMF确定不能为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF拒绝为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。在这种情况下，例如SMF不必执行后续步骤，而是可以向第一UE发送拒绝消息，以拒绝为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话；或者，SMF可以将第五消息所请求建立的PDU会话修改为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如SMF将第五消息包括的request type的取值修改为非multi-UE PDU request，例如修改为initial request。
S206、SMF向UPF发送第十一消息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收第十一消息。第十一消息可请求建立N4会话，且请求分配第四隧道，第四隧道与第三QoS流关联，第三QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流，第三QoS流与第一PDU会话关联。
第十一消息例如为N4会话修改请求(N4 session modification request)，或者也可以是其他消息。第四隧道用于UPF与接入网设备之间进行数据收发，是对应于第一UE的核心网隧道(CN tunnel)。其中，UPF分配第四隧道，例如是UPF为第四隧道分配UPF地址以及端口号等。第四隧道可用于服务于第一UE的接入网设备向该UPF发送第一UE的数据。
需要说明，对于具有关联关系的PDU会话(例如第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话)来说，其对应的N4会话相同，即，UPF可根据同一个N4会话，与服务于这些PDU会话的UE的接入网设备均建立隧道。那么此时，由于第二PDU会话已建立，在第二PDU会 话建立过程中，该N4会话也已建立，因此UPF接收第十一消息后可不必再建立N4会话，而是根据N4会话分配第四隧道即可。
S207、UPF向SMF发送第十二消息。相应的，SMF从UPF接收第十二消息。例如第十一消息为N4 session modification request，则第十二消息例如为N4会话修改响应(N4session modification response)，即，第十二消息可视为第五消息的响应。
第十二消息可包括UPF为第四隧道分配的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。
S208、SMF向第一接入网设备发送对应于第四隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。相应的接入网设备接收对应于第四隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。例如，SMF可将对应于第四隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息发送给第一AMF，第一AMF再将对应于第四隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息发送给第一接入网设备，则第一接入网设备是从第一AMF接收对应于第四隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。第一接入网设备是服务于第一UE的接入网设备。
S209、SMF向第一UE发送用于接受建立第一PDU会话的消息。相应的，第一UE从SMF接收用于接受建立第一PDU会话的消息。该消息例如包括PDU会话建立接受(PDU session establishment accept)，PDU session establishment accept可用于指示接受建立第一PDU会话。
需要说明的是，SMF向UE发送消息，一般需要通过AMF转发。因此，SMF可调用第一AMF提供的服务，向第一AMF发送该PDU session establishment accept，该服务例如为通信N1N2信息传输(Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer)服务。其中，N1和N2均为接口的名称，N1是指UE与AMF之间的接口，N2是指接入网(AN)与AMF之间的接口。Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer的意思是，SMF要调用AMF(例如第一AMF)提供的服务，向UE和接入网(例如第一接入网设备)发送信息。第一AMF接收该PDU session establishment accept后，再向第一UE发送第二消息，第二消息可包括该PDU session establishment accept。例如，第一AMF所发送的第二消息为N2信息(N2message)，但是该N2信息是发给第一接入网设备，该N2信息包括该PDU session establishment accept，该N2信息例如为N2 PDU会话请求(N2 PDU session request)。第一接入网设备接收该N2信息后，再通过RRC信息(RRC message)向UE发送该PDU session establishment accept，该RRC信息例如为接入网专用资源建立(AN specific resource setup)。其中，PDU session establishment accept可以包括在container中，Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer、N2 PDU session request、以及AN specific resource setup中均包括该container。
可选的，SMF向第一AMF发送的Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer，还可包括第一关联指示信息，第一关联指示信息可指示第一PDU会话被建立为具有关联关系的PDU会话(例如指示第一PDU会话被建立为multi-UE PDU session)。第一AMF接收第一关联指示信息后，可存储第一PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话的信息(例如存储第一PDU会话是multi-UE PDU session类型的信息)。另外，第一AMF还可以存储关联关系信息，关联关系信息例如指示第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话之间的关联关系。
可选的，SMF还可以向第一UE发送第二参数，第二参数可指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行该数据处理。PDU会话执行数据处理的方式例如包括，将业务数据在第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话之间转移，或者 将业务数据在第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话上传输。例如第二参数可表示为多UE规则(multi-UE rule)，或者，第二参数可包括在multi-UE rule中。第二参数可通过切换(switch)来指示将业务数据在PDU会话之间转移，而将业务数据在多个PDU会话上传输，可理解为业务数据在多个PDU会话上共享，第二参数可通过复制(duplicate)来指示。第二参数可包括在用于接受建立第一PDU会话的消息中，或者也可以通过其他消息发送。其中，如果SMF将第一PDU会话创建为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF可不必向第一UE发送第二参数。第二参数可包括在用于接受建立第一PDU会话的消息中，例如第一AMF可以通过第二消息将第二参数发送给第一UE；或者，SMF也可以通过其他消息发送第二参数，则第一AMF也可以不通过第二消息而是通过其他消息将第二参数发送给第一UE。
对于UE来说，如果从SMF接收了第二参数，则可以确定第一PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话，而如果未从SMF接收第二参数，就可以确定第一PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话。或者，如果SMF将第一PDU会话创建为具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了向第一UE发送第二参数之外，还可以向第一UE发送第二关联指示信息，第二关联指示信息可指示第一PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话，UE根据第二关联指示信息可以确定第一PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话；而如果SMF将第一PDU会话创建为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了不向第一UE发送第二参数之外，还可以不向第一UE发送第二关联指示信息，如果第一UE未从SMF接收第二关联指示信息，就可以确定第一PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话。或者，如果SMF将第一PDU会话创建为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了不向第一UE发送第二参数之外，还可以向第一UE发送第二关联指示信息，第二关联指示信息可指示第一PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话，UE根据第二关联指示信息可以确定第一PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话；而如果SMF将第一PDU会话创建为具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了向第一UE发送第二参数之外，还可以不向第一UE发送第二关联指示信息，如果第一UE未从SMF接收第二关联指示信息，就可以确定第一PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话。
可选的，第一UE确定第一PDU会话建立完毕后，还可以向第二UE发送第一指示信息。第一指示信息可指示第一PDU会话建立完毕，和/或，第一指示信息用于触发PDU会话的数据处理过程(也就是触发业务数据在具有关联关系的PDU会话之间转移或共享)。第二UE接收第一指示信息后，可以触发PDU会话的数据处理过程。
如上介绍的是SMF接受为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话的情况，如果SMF拒绝为第一UE建立PDU会话，则S209可以替换为，SMF向第一UE发送用于拒绝建立第一PDU会话的消息，相应的，第一UE从SMF接收用于拒绝建立第一PDU会话的消息。该消息例如包括PDU会话建立拒绝(PDU session establishment reject)，PDU session establishment reject可用于指示拒绝建立第一PDU会话，或者用于指示拒绝建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者用于指示拒绝建立PDU会话。
S210、第一接入网设备向SMF发送第三隧道的信息。相应的，SMF从第一接入网设备接收第三隧道的信息。
第一接入网设备为N4会话分配与UPF之间进行数据收发的隧道信息，该隧道例如称为第三隧道，第三隧道是接入网隧道，用于UPF向第一接入网设备发送第一UE的数据。 第三隧道的信息例如包括第一接入网设备的地址以及第三隧道的标识等。
其中，第一接入网设备可将第三隧道的信息发送给第一AMF，第一AMF再将第三隧道的信息发送给SMF。例如，第一接入网设备向第一AMF发送N2 PDU会话响应(N2 PDU session response)，该N2 PDU session response可包括第三隧道的信息。第一AMF调用SMF提供的服务，以将第三隧道的信息发送给SMF，该服务例如为Nsmf_PDUSession_Update SMContext Request。
S211、SMF向UPF发送第三隧道的信息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收第三隧道的信息。
例如，SMF向UPF发送N4会话修改(N4 session modification)消息，以将第三隧道的信息发送给UPF。
S212、第一AMF存储关联关系信息。
在S209中介绍了，SMF向第一AMF发送的Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer可包括第一关联指示信息，第一AMF可根据第一关联指示信息存储第一PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话的信息(例如存储第一PDU会话是multi-UE PDU session类型的信息)。另外，第一AMF还可以存储关联关系信息，关联关系信息例如指示第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话之间的关联关系。
其中，S202、S205～S208、S210～S212均为可选的步骤。另外，在UE的PDU会话建立过程中还可能包括其他步骤，本申请实施例并不限制，也不多赘述。
通过本申请实施例提供的方案，第一UE建立了第一PDU会话，且第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话之间可以建立关联关系，例如具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行业务数据的转移，第一PDU会话的业务数据可以转移到第二PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够转移到第一PDU会话。而无论如何转移，第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话都是已建立的PDU会话，在进行媒体转移时无需先建立会话后再进行转移，而是可以直接进行转移，由此减小了媒体转移过程中业务中断的时间，甚至在媒体转移过程中业务无需中断，提高了业务的传输质量，也提高了用户体验。
在图2所示的实施例中提到，第二UE的第二PDU会话已建立。下面介绍本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法，该方法用于介绍第二PDU会话的建立过程。请参考图3，为该方法的流程图。
S301、第二UE向第二AMF发送第六消息。相应的，第二AMF从第二UE接收第六消息。第六消息可请求为第二UE建立PDU会话，例如将该PDU会话称为第二PDU会话，该第二PDU会话与图2所示的实施例提及的第二PDU会话是同一个PDU会话。第二AMF是服务于第二UE的AMF，第二AMF与第一AMF可以是同一个AMF，也可以是不同的AMF。
第六消息可包括第一参数，第一参数可指示第二UE请求建立具有关联关系的PDU会话(或者指示第二UE请求建立的PDU会话(例如第二PDU会话)为具有关联关系的PDU会话)，和/或，第一参数可用于第一AMF选择SMF。关于第一参数的实现形式可参考图2所示的实施例。
第六消息例如为NAS消息。第六消息例如还包括N1会话管理容器(N1 SM container)，该N1 SM container包括PDU session establishment request。其中，N1是指UE与AMF之间的接口。SMF与UE之间的交互是通过AMF透传，因此第一UE可将交互信息封装在该N1 SM container中，第一AMF并不解析该N1 SM container，而是会将该N1 SM container 发送给SMF。
可选的，第二UE触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话的条件例如包括，第二UE与其他UE已建立了UE组，第二UE可能会与该UE组内的其他UE之间进行业务的转移或者共享，则第二UE可触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第二PDU会话。例如第二UE能够支持的业务包括能够进行转移或共享的业务(例如媒体业务，媒体业务例如包括视频业务、音频业务或图像业务等)，第二UE认为可能会与该UE组内的其他UE之间进行这些业务的转移或共享，则第二UE可触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
或者，第二UE触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话的条件例如包括，对于某些业务，例如在线视频等业务，可能会在第二UE与其他UE之间转移或者共享，则第二UE在为这些业务建立PDU会话时，可以触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第二PDU会话。
或者，第二UE触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话的条件例如包括，第二UE通过机器学习等方式确定，对于某些业务，会存在第二UE与其他UE之间转移或者共享的行为，例如在某些时间范围和/或地域范围内，第二UE与其他UE之间可能转移或共享某些业务。那么第二UE在为这些业务建立PDU会话时，如果满足该时间范围和/或地域范围，第二UE就可以触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第二PDU会话。
如上只是举例，第二UE触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话的条件还可以包括其他条件，本申请实施例不做限制。
第六消息请求为第二UE建立PDU会话，例如是请求新建第二PDU会话，或者也可以是请求重建第二PDU会话，如果是重建第二PDU会话，表明第二PDU会话之前已建立，目前是重建过程。或者，第六消息也可以用于请求修改第二PDU会话，则也表明第二PDU会话之前已建立，目前是修改过程。如果第二PDU会话之前已建立，则之前建立的第二PDU会话可能是具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者也可以是不具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者说是普通的PDU会话。本申请实施例以第六消息请求为第二UE新建PDU会话为例。
S302、第二AMF为第二PDU会话选择SMF。第二AMF可以为第二PDU会话选择支持具有关联关系的PDU会话的SMF，例如第二AMF为第二PDU会话选择支持multi-UE PDU的SMF。
可选的，第二AMF在接收第六消息后，可以获得第二UE的签约信息，以根据第二UE的签约信息确定第二UE是否支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。例如，如果第二UE的签约信息包括第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话的签约信息(或者说，第二UE建立multi-UE PDU request的签约信息)、个人网络签约信息、或虚拟组签约信息中的一项或多项，则第二AMF确定能够为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，则第二AMF可执行S302。而如果第二UE的签约信息不包括如上各项，则第二AMF确定第二UE不支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者说第二AMF确定不能为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。此时，第二AMF可以向第二UE发送拒绝消息，以拒绝为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话；或者，第二AMF可以将第四请求所请求建立的PDU会话修改为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第二AMF将第四请求包括的request type的取值修改为非multi-UE PDU request，例如修改为initial request。
例如在图2所示的实施例中，第一AMF为第一PDU会话选择了服务于第二PDU会 话的SMF，那么本申请实施例中的SMF与图2所示的实施例中的SMF是同一个SMF。而如果在图2所示的实施例中，第一AMF没有为第一PDU会话选择服务于第二PDU会话的SMF，而是选择了其他SMF，那么本申请实施例中的SMF与图2所示的实施例中的SMF是不同的SMF。
S303、第二AMF向SMF发送第七消息。相应的，SMF从第二AMF接收第七消息。第七消息可请求为第二UE建立具有关联关系的第二PDU会话。可选的，第七消息包括第一参数。
第七消息可包括第二UE的标识，例如包括第二UE的第二标识。第二UE的第二标识可以包括第二UE的SUPI或IMSI，第二AMF可将所接收的第二UE的5G-GUTI或MSISDN映射为SUPI，或映射为IMSI，再将得到的SUPI或IMSI发送给SMF。
例如，第二AMF可调用SMF提供的服务，以向SMF发送第七消息，例如该服务为Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request服务。可选的，SMF从第二AMF接收Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request(Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request可视为第七消息)后，可以向第二AMF发送smf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response响应。
S304、SMF确定是否为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
SMF接收第七消息后，可以确定第二UE是否支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如SMF根据第二UE的签约信息确定第二UE是否支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，确定方式可参考S302中第二AMF的确定方式。如果SMF确定第二UE支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF可以为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。而如果SMF确定第二UE不支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者说SMF确定不能为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF拒绝为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。如果SMF拒绝为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF不必执行后续步骤，而是可以向第二UE发送拒绝消息，以拒绝为第二UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话；或者，SMF可以将第七消息所请求建立的PDU会话修改为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如SMF将第七消息包括的request type的取值修改为非multi-UE PDU request，例如修改为initial request。
S305、SMF向UPF发送第九消息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收第九消息。第九消息可请求建立N4会话，且请求分配第一隧道，第一隧道与第一QoS流关联，第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流，第一QoS流与第二PDU会话关联。
第九消息例如为N4 session modification request，或者也可以是其他消息。第一隧道用于UPF与接入网设备之间进行数据收发，是对应于第二UE的CN tunnel。其中，UPF分配第一隧道，例如是UPF为第一隧道分配UPF地址以及端口号等。第一隧道可用于服务于第二UE的接入网设备向该UPF发送第二UE的数据。
可选的，第九消息还可指示执行传输层代理功能，即，UE的应用与应用服务器之间的数据收发由UPF代理。则UPF接收第九消息后，可执行传输层代理功能。例如传输层协议为TCP时，UPF可执行TCP代理功能，再例如传输层协议为UDP时，UPF可执行UDP代理功能。对于TCP代理，UPF需要与第二UE的应用服务器建立TCP连接。UPF为第二UE执行传输层代理功能，该传输层代理功能适用于第二UE的全部应用，或者说全部业务；或者，UPF可以为第二UE的部分业务(或者说，部分应用)执行传输层代理， 该传输层代理功能适用于这部分应用，这部分应用例如包括可能需要执行转移或共享的应用等，而对于第二UE的其他应用，UPF不执行传输层代理功能。第二UE还可将这部分应用的信息发送给SMF，应用的信息例如包括应用的标识和/或三元组信息等。应用的三元组信息例如包括应用的目标地址、目标端口号、以及传输层协议类型(TCP或UDP)。
如果执行传输层代理功能，则UPF在UE和应用服务器之间执行代理，例如UPF从UE接收业务数据后，会将该业务数据的源地址修改为UPF的地址后再发送给应用服务器。如果是这种情况，则可不必要求具有关联关系的PDU会话具有相同的IP地址，例如SMF或UPF可以为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话分配相同的IP地址，也可以分配不同的IP地址。即使SMF为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话分配了不同的IP地址，由于UPF执行了传输层代理功能，则对于SMF、AMF等网元来说，仍然认为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话具有关联关系。因为对于应用服务器来说，具有关联关系的PDU会话所发出的业务数据的源地址都是相同的，都是UPF的地址，应用服务器可以将具有关联关系的PDU会话视为同一个PDU会话，或者将来自这些PDU会话的业务数据视为来自同一个UE。因此如果需要在具有关联关系的PDU会话之间执行业务数据的转移或共享，则对于应用服务器来说并不需要重新建立连接，应用服务器对此可以并不感知，而是继续正常传输业务数据，由此可以减少业务中断的时间，甚至可以保证业务不中断。
而如果不执行传输层代理功能，UPF从UE接收业务数据后，不会修改该业务数据的源地址，而是将该业务数据转发给应用服务器。如果是这种情况，UPF或SMF可以为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话分配相同的IP地址，第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话可以通过具有相同的IP地址来体现关联关系。如果第一PDU会话的IP地址和第二PDU会话的IP地址相同，对于应用服务器来说，会认为从第一PDU会话接收的业务数据和从第二PDU会话接收的业务数据是来自同一个PDU会话，或者说认为是来自同一个UE。因此如果需要在具有关联关系的PDU会话之间执行业务数据的转移或共享，则对于应用服务器来说并不需要重新建立连接，应用服务器对此可以并不感知，而是继续正常传输业务数据，由此可以减少业务中断的时间，甚至可以保证业务不中断。
另外，如果UPF不执行TCP代理，则第一UE与应用服务器之间需要建立TCP连接，第二UE与应用服务器之间也需要建立TCP连接。或者，由于第二UE与应用服务器之间建立TCP连接在先，则第一UE与应用服务器之间无需再建立TCP连接，第二UE将TCP连接的信息(例如套接字、服务器端的IP地址、端口号、UE端的IP地址、或端口号等信息中的至少一项)发送给第一UE，第一UE使用该TCP连接与应用服务器通信即可。如果UPF执行TCP代理，则UE无需与应用服务器之间建立TCP连接，但可以与UPF建立TCP连接。例如，第一UE和第二UE可以分别与UPF建立TCP连接；或者，第一UE与UPF建立TCP连接，第二UE不必再与UPF建立TCP连接，第一UE或UPF将第一UE与UPF之间建立的TCP连接的信息(例如套接字、服务器端的IP地址、端口号、UE端的IP地址、或端口号等信息中的至少一项)发送给第二UE，从而第二UE与UPF之间可使用该TCP连接。
另外，如果UPF不执行UDP代理，由于第二UE与应用服务器之间收发数据在先，因此第二UE将与应用服务器之间收发数据的信息(服务器端的IP地址、端口号、UE端的IP地址、或端口号等信息中的至少一项)发送给第一UE，第一UE使用该信息与应用服务器通信即可。
S306、UPF向SMF发送第十三消息。相应的，SMF从UPF接收第十三消息。例如第九消息为N4 session modification request，则第十三消息例如为N4 session modification response，即，第十三消息可视为第九消息的响应。
第十三消息可包括UPF为第一隧道分配的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。
S307、SMF向第一接入网设备发送对应于第一隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。相应的接入网设备接收对应于第一隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。例如，SMF可将对应于第一隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息发送给第一AMF，第一AMF再将对应于第一隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息发送给第一接入网设备，则第一接入网设备是从第一AMF接收对应于第一隧道的UPF地址以及端口号等信息。第一接入网设备是服务于第一UE的接入网设备。
S308、SMF向第二UE发送用于接受建立第二PDU会话的消息。相应的，第二UE从SMF接收用于接受建立第二PDU会话的消息。该消息例如包括PDU session establishment accept，PDU session establishment accept可用于指示接受建立第二PDU会话，PDU session establishment accept可由SMF封装在N1 SM container中，即N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept)。
需要说明的是，SMF向UE发送消息，一般需要通过AMF转发。因此，SMF可调用第二AMF提供的服务，向第二AMF发送该N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept)，该服务例如为Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer服务。第二AMF接收该N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept)后，封装为NAS message，即NAS message(N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept))再向第二UE发送第八消息，第八消息可包括该NAS message(N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept))。例如，第二AMF所发送的第八消息为N2message，但是该N2message是发给第二接入网设备，该N2信息包括该NAS message(N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept))，该N2 message例如为N2 PDU session request。第二接入网设备接收该N2 message后，再通过RRC message向UE发送该NAS message(N1 SM container(PDU session establishment accept))，该RRC message例如为AN specific resource setup。综上，PDU session establishment accept可以包括在N1 SM container中，Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer、N2 PDU session request、以及AN specific resource setup中均包括该N1 SM container。其中，N2 message是指AMF(例如第二AMF)通过N2接口向接入网设备(例如第二接入网设备)发送的信息。
可选的，SMF向第二AMF发送的Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer，还可包括第三关联指示信息，第三关联指示信息可指示第二PDU会话被建立为具有关联关系的PDU会话(例如指示第二PDU会话被建立为multi-UE PDU session)。第二AMF接收第三关联指示信息后，可存储第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话的信息(例如存储第二PDU会话是multi-UE PDU session类型的信息)。
可选的，SMF还可以向第二UE发送第二参数，第二参数可指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行该数据处理。关于第二参数的相关内容可参考图2所示的实施例。其中，如果SMF将第二PDU会话创建为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF可不必向第二UE发送第二参数。第二参数可包括在用于接受建立第二PDU会话的消息中，例如第二AMF可以通过第八消息将第二参数发送给第二 UE；或者，SMF也可以通过其他消息发送第二参数，则第二AMF也可以不通过第八消息而是通过其他消息将第二参数发送给第二UE。图3以SMF通过用于接受建立第二PDU会话的消息向第二UE发送第二参数为例。
对于UE来说，如果从SMF接收了第二参数，则可以确定第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话，而如果未从SMF接收第二参数，就可以确定第二PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话。或者，如果SMF将第二PDU会话创建为具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了向第二UE发送第二参数之外，还可以向第二UE发送第四关联指示信息，第四关联指示信息可指示第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话，UE根据第四关联指示信息可以确定第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话；而如果SMF将第二PDU会话创建为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了不向第二UE发送第二参数之外，还可以不向第二UE发送第四关联指示信息，如果第二UE未从SMF接收第四关联指示信息，就可以确定第二PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话。或者，如果SMF将第二PDU会话创建为不具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了不向第二UE发送第二参数之外，还可以向第二UE发送第四关联指示信息，第四关联指示信息可指示第二PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话，UE根据第四关联指示信息可以确定第二PDU会话是不具有关联关系的PDU会话；而如果SMF将第二PDU会话创建为具有关联关系的PDU会话，则SMF除了向第二UE发送第二参数之外，还可以不向第二UE发送第四关联指示信息，如果第二UE未从SMF接收第四关联指示信息，就可以确定第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话。
如上介绍的是SMF接受为第二UE建立PDU会话的情况，如果SMF拒绝为第一UE建立PDU会话(即，既不建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，也不建立不具有关联关系的PDU会话)，则S308可以替换为，SMF向第二UE发送用于拒绝建立第二PDU会话的消息，相应的，第二UE从SMF接收用于拒绝建立第二PDU会话的消息。该消息例如包括PDU session establishment reject，PDU session establishment reject可用于指示拒绝建立第二PDU会话，或者用于指示拒绝建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，或者用于指示拒绝建立PDU会话。
S309、第二接入网设备向SMF发送第五隧道的信息。相应的，SMF从第二接入网设备接收第五隧道的信息。
第二接入网设备为N4会话分配与UPF之间进行数据收发的隧道信息，该隧道例如称为第五隧道，第五隧道是接入网隧道，用于UPF向第二接入网设备发送第二UE的数据。第五隧道的信息例如包括第二接入网设备的地址以及第五隧道的标识等。
其中，第二接入网设备可将第五隧道的信息发送给第二AMF，第二AMF再将第五隧道的信息发送给SMF。例如，第二接入网设备向第二AMF发送N2 PDU session response，该N2 PDU session response可包括第五隧道的信息。第二AMF调用SMF提供的服务，以将第五隧道的信息发送给SMF，该服务例如为Nsmf_PDUSession_Update SMContext Request。
S310、SMF向UPF发送第五隧道的信息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收第五隧道的信息。
例如，SMF向UPF发送N4 session modification消息，以将第五隧道的信息发送给UPF。
S311、第二AMF存储第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话的信息。
在S308中介绍了，SMF向第二AMF发送的 Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer可包括第三关联指示信息，第二AMF可根据第三关联指示信息存储第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话的信息(例如存储第二PDU会话是multi-UE PDU session类型的信息)。可选的，第二AMF还可以存储第二PDU会话的标识，以及存储服务于第二PDU会话的SMF的标识等信息。
其中，S302～S307、S308～S311均为可选的步骤。另外，在UE的PDU会话建立过程中还可能包括其他步骤，本申请实施例并不限制，也不多赘述。
通过本申请实施例提供的方案，第二UE建立了第二PDU会话，且第二PDU会话是具有关联关系的PDU会话，即，第二PDU会话能够与其他PDU会话建立关联关系。例如具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行业务数据的转移，第一PDU会话的业务数据可以转移到第二PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够转移到第一PDU会话。而无论如何转移，第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话都是已建立的PDU会话，在进行媒体转移时无需先建立会话后再进行转移，而是可以直接进行转移，由此减小了媒体转移过程中业务中断的时间，甚至在媒体转移过程中业务无需中断，提高了业务的传输质量，也提高了用户体验。
在第二UE和第一UE分别建立PDU会话后，可以在PDU会话之间执行业务转移或共享。下面介绍本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法，通过该方法，能够在PDU会话之间实现业务转移或共享。请参考图4，为该方法的流程图。
S401、第二UE向SMF发送第一业务的信息。相应的，SMF接收第一业务的信息。该SMF是服务于第二PDU会话的SMF，第一业务是需要在具有关联关系的PDU会话之间实现转移或共享的业务。例如第二UE通过NAS信息向SMF发送第一业务的信息。
第一业务的信息例如包括如下一项或多项：第一业务对应的QoS流标识(QoS flow identifier，QFI)、QoS规则(rule)、包过滤器(packet filter)、第一业务的标识、用于描述第一业务的数据流的包信息。其中，第一业务对应的QFI用于指示第二UE对应的用于传输第一业务的QoS流。QoS规则可用于第二UE根据该QoS规则将第一业务映射到第一业务对应的QoS流上传输。包过滤规则可用于UPF根据该包过滤规则确定数据包是第一业务对应的数据包。关于第一业务的标识以及用于描述第一业务的数据流的包信息可参考图2所示的实施例的介绍。
可选的，第二UE还可以向SMF发送第一处理方式，或者说，发送第一处理方式的信息。第一处理方式就是第一业务执行转移或共享的方式。例如，第一处理方式是将第一业务的数据在第二UE与其他UE(例如第一UE)之间转移，或者第一业务的数据在其他UE的PDU会话和第二PDU会话之间转移，这种方式视为第一业务的转移。例如将第一业务的数据从其他UE的PDU会话转移到第二PDU会话，或者将第一业务的数据从第二PDU会话转移到其他UE的PDU会话。或者，第一处理方式是将第一业务的数据在第二UE与其他UE(例如第一UE)上传输，或者第一业务的数据在其他UE的PDU会话和第二PDU会话上传输，这种方式视为第一业务的共享。例如，第一业务的数据既在其他UE的PDU会话上传输，也在第二PDU会话上传输，在其他UE的PDU会话和在第二PDU会话上传输的第一业务可以是相同的。其中，其他UE的PDU会话与第二PDU会话具有关联关系，例如其他UE包括第一UE，其他UE的PDU会话包括第一PDU会话。
例如，第二UE发起PDU会话修改(PDU session modification)流程，以通过PDU会话修改流程来实现业务的转移或共享。第二UE可以在PDU会话修改流程中向SMF发送 第一业务的信息(或，发送第一业务的信息和第一处理方式)，例如第二UE通过NAS消息向SMF发送第一业务的信息(或，发送第一业务的信息和第一处理方式)，该NAS消息包括PDU会话修改请求(PDU session modification request)。第二UE将该NAS消息发送给第二AMF，由第二AMF调用SMF提供的服务，将PDU会话修改请求以及第一业务的信息(或者，PDU会话修改请求、第一业务的信息以及第一处理方式)等内容发送给SMF。SMF提供的服务例如为PDU会话更新(Nsmf_PDUSession_Update)。
接下来可执行第二UE的PDU会话修改流程，因此可选的，该方法可包括S402a～S407a，为第二UE的PDU会话修改流程。
S402a、SMF调用第二AMF提供的服务，向第二AMF发送消息。相应的，第二AMF从SMF接收该消息。第二AMF是服务于第二PDU会话的AMF，第二AMF提供的服务例如为N1N2传输(Namf_N1N2transfer)。在图4中，例如将该消息称为N1N2传输消息。
可选的，第二AMF还可以向SMF发送响应。
S403a、第二AMF向第二接入网设备发送消息。相应的，第二接入网设备从第二AMF接收该消息。第二接入网设备是服务于第二UE的接入网设备。该消息例如为N2 message(图4以此为例)，该N2 message可包括来自第二UE的NAS message。
S404a、第二接入网设备向第二UE发送消息。相应的，第二UE从第二接入网设备接收该消息。该消息例如为接入网专用资源修改(AN specific resource modification)消息，图4以此为例，在AN specific resource modification消息中可包括PDU会话修改命令(PDU session modification command)。
可选的，第二UE还可以向第二接入网设备发送响应。
S405a、第二接入网设备向第二AMF发送消息。相应的，第二AMF从第二接入网设备接收该消息。例如该消息为N2 PDU会话响应(N2 PDU session response)，图4以此为例。
S406a、第二AMF调用SMF提供的服务，以向SMF发送消息。相应的，SMF从第二AMF接收该消息。SMF提供的服务例如为Nsmf_PDUSession_Update。在图4中，例如将该消息称为PDU会话更新消息。
S407a、SMF向UPF发送消息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收该消息。该消息例如为N4会话修改(N4 session modification)消息，图4以此为例。
该UPF为服务于第二UE的UPF，或者说是服务于第二PDU会话的UPF。根据前述实施例的介绍可知，对于具有关联关系的PDU会话来说可以共享同一个N4会话，因此可选的，本申请实施例中服务于具有关联关系的PDU会话的UPF可以是同一个UPF，例如，服务于第二UE的UPF与服务于第一UE的UPF是同一个UPF。
在本申请的各个实施例中，N4会话用于SMF控制PDU会话关联的UPF的功能，包括UPF对PDU会话的数据进行检测、分类、执行QoS管理、确定路由等。通过创建N4会话，UPF上就有了PDU会话对应的N4会话上下文，从而UPF可根据N4会话上下文信息对PDU会话的数据进行检测、分类、执行QoS管理、确定路由等。
可选的，UPF还可以向SMF发送响应。
除了执行第二UE的PDU会话修改流程外，由于第一业务的数据转移或共享涉及到第二PDU会话，因此可选的，还可执行第一UE的PDU会话修改流程。因此，该方法可包括S402b～S408b，为第一UE的PDU会话修改流程。
S402b、SMF向UPF发送消息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收该消息。该消息也可以称为第十消息。该消息例如为N4 session modification，图4以此为例。
SMF可以根据第一业务的信息(或，根据第一业务的信息以及第一处理方式)，为第一UE的第一PDU会话配置用于传输第一业务的QoS流。例如，SMF可以为第一UE配置第一QoS流来传输第一业务，第一QoS流是第二UE用于传输第一业务的QoS流，第一QoS流与第二PDU会话关联。SMF可以为第一UE配置第一QoS流来传输第一业务，此时第一QoS流也与第一PDU会话关联。也就是说，SMF可配置第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话共享第一QoS流，此时对于第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话来说，可以对应同一个QFI，即第一QoS流的QFI。例如第一业务要从第二PDU会话转移到第一PDU会话，则第一业务无需切换QoS流，还是可以继续在第一QoS流上传输。这种方式可以减少QoS流的数量，简化实现过程。可参考图5A，第一UE和第二UE与UPF之间都通过第一QoS流传输第一业务。
又例如，SMF可以为第一UE配置第二QoS流来传输第一业务，第二QoS流与第一PDU会话关联。而第二UE用于传输第一业务的QoS流是第一QoS流，第一QoS流与第二PDU会话关联。第一QoS流与第二QoS流是不同的QoS流。也就是说，SMF为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话配置不同的QoS流来传输第一业务，此时第一PDU会话对应第二QoS流的QFI，第二PDU会话对应第一QoS流的QFI。这种方式有利于实现对于PDU会话的分别管理。可参考图5B，第一UE与UPF之间通过第二QoS流传输第一业务，第二UE与UPF之间通过第一QoS流传输第一业务。
SMF根据上述机制确定为第一UE的第一PDU会话配置用于传输第一业务的QoS流之后，可以向UPF发送第十消息，以修改N4会话。其中，SMF配置QoS流的方式不同，则第十消息指示的内容也可能不同。
如果SMF为第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话均配置了第一QoS流来传输第一业务，那么第十消息可用于修改N4会话，且分配第二隧道，此时第二隧道与第一QoS流关联。第二隧道例如为第一业务对应的接入网隧道，第二隧道用于UPF与接入网设备之间进行数据收发，是对应于第二UE的CN tunnel。其中，UPF分配第二隧道，例如是UPF为第二隧道分配UPF地址以及端口号等。第二隧道可用于第二接入网设备向该UPF发送第一业务的数据。另外，第十消息还可指示通过第一隧道和第二隧道在不同的UE之间转移数据，或者指示向不同的UE发送相同的数据。第一隧道可用于第二接入网设备向该UPF发送第一业务的数据，关于第一隧道的介绍可参考图3所示的实施例中的S301。如果第十消息指示通过第一隧道和第二隧道在不同的UE之间转移数据，则UPF根据第十消息，可将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道由第一隧道修改为第二隧道，以实现第一业务的数据从第二UE转移到第一UE(或者将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道由第二隧道修改为第一隧道，以实现第一业务的数据从第一UE转移到第二UE)；或者，如果第十消息指示向不同的UE发送相同的数据，则UPF可将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道由第一隧道修改为第一隧道和第二隧道(或者由第二隧道修改为第一隧道和第二隧道)，即，使得第一QoS流对应两个隧道，以实现第一业务的数据在第一UE和第二UE上传输，或者说，实现第一业务的数据在第一UE和第二UE上共享，其中第一UE传输的第一业务的数据与第二UE传输的第一业务的数据可以是相同的，因此也视为复制(duplicate)。第十消息究竟是指示数据转移还是数据共享，可根据第一处理方式确定，或者如果SMF并未接收第一处理方式，则SMF 可自行确定，例如根据第一业务的类型确定等。
为了对UPF的指示更为明确，可选的，SMF还可以向UPF发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息可指示将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道设置为第一隧道或第二隧道，或者，指示第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道为第一隧道和第二隧道。例如，如果第十消息指示通过第一隧道和第二隧道在不同的UE之间转移数据，则第二指示信息可指示将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道设置为第一隧道或第二隧道，UPF根据第二指示信息，可将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道由第一隧道修改为第二隧道，以实现第一业务的数据从第二UE转移到第一UE，或者将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道由第二隧道修改为第一隧道，以实现第一业务的数据从第一UE转移到第二UE；或者，如果第十消息指示向不同的UE发送相同的数据，则第二指示信息可指示第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道为第一隧道和第二隧道，UPF根据第二指示信息，可将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道由第一隧道修改为第一隧道和第二隧道，或者由第二隧道修改为第一隧道和第二隧道。
或者，如果SMF为第一PDU会话配置第二QoS流传输第一业务，为第二PDU会话配置第一QoS流传输第一业务，那么第十消息可用于修改N4会话，且分配第二隧道，此时第二隧道与第二QoS流关联。第二隧道例如为第一业务对应的接入网隧道，第二隧道用于UPF与接入网设备之间进行数据收发，是对应于第二UE的CN tunnel。其中，UPF分配第二隧道，例如是UPF为第二隧道分配UPF地址以及端口号等。第二隧道可用于第二接入网设备向该UPF发送第一业务的数据。另外，第十消息还可指示通过第一QoS流和第二QoS流在不同的UE之间转移数据，或者指示向不同的UE发送相同的数据。如果第十消息指示通过第一QoS流和第二QoS流在不同的UE之间转移数据，则UPF根据第十消息的指示，可将第一业务对应的QoS流由第一QoS流修改为第二QoS流，以实现第一业务的数据从第二UE转移到第一UE，或者将第一业务对应的QoS流由第二QoS流修改为第一QoS流，以实现第一业务的数据从第一UE转移到第二UE；或者，如果第十消息指示向不同的UE发送相同的数据，则UPF根据第十消息的指示，可将第一业务对应的QoS流由第一QoS流修改为第一QoS流和第二QoS流，或者将第一业务对应的QoS流由第二QoS流修改为第一QoS流和第二QoS流，即，使得第一业务对应两个QoS流，以实现第一业务的数据在第一UE和第二UE上传输，或者说实现第一业务的数据在第一UE和第二UE上共享，其中第一UE传输的第一业务的数据与第二UE传输的第一业务的数据可以是相同的，因此也视为复制。第十消息究竟是指示数据转移还是数据共享，可根据第一处理方式确定，或者如果SMF并未接收第一处理方式，则SMF可自行确定，例如根据第一业务的类型确定等。
为了对UPF的指示更为明确，可选的，SMF还可以向UPF发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息可指示将第一业务的数据流通过第一QoS流或第二QoS流传输，或者将第一业务的数据流通过第一QoS流和第二QoS流传输。例如，如果第十消息指示通过第一QoS流和第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，则第二指示信息可指示将第一业务的数据流通过第一QoS流或第二QoS流传输，UPF根据第二指示信息，可将第一业务对应的QoS流由第一QoS流修改为第二QoS流，以实现第一业务的数据从第二UE转移到第一UE，或者将第一业务对应的QoS流由第二QoS流修改为第一QoS流，以实现第一业务的数据从第一UE转移到第二UE；或者，如果第十消息指示向不同的UE发送相同的数据，则第二指示信息可指示将第一业务的数据流通过第一QoS流和第二QoS流传输，UPF根据第 二指示信息，可将第一业务对应的QoS流由第一QoS流修改为第一QoS流和第二QoS流，或者将第一业务对应的QoS流由第二QoS流修改为第一QoS流和第二QoS流。
其中，SMF要指示UPF修改第一业务对应的QoS流，一种方式为SMF修改数据包与QFI之间的映射关系。例如，SMF会向UPF发送第一业务对应的包检测规则(packet detection rule，PDR)，该PDR可用于UPF过滤出第一业务的数据包。该PDR可包括QoS执行规则(qos enforcement rule，QER)，QER可包括QFI。也就是说，能够适用于该PDR的数据包，会被UPF映射到该QER包括的QFI对应的QoS流传输。例如SMF将该QER包括的QFI由QFI 1修改为QFI 2，UPF接收该PDR后，以将第一业务从第二UE转移到第一UE；或者，SMF将该QER包括的QFI由QFI 1修改为QFI 1和QFI 2，以将第一业务在第一UE和第二UE上传输，UPF接收该PDR后，以将第一业务从第二UE转移到第一UE和第一UE。其中，QFI 1为第一QoS流的QFI，QFI 2为第二QoS流的QFI。
可选的，UPF接收第十消息后，还可以向SMF发送响应。
另外可选的，S407a与S402b也可以合并执行，例如S407a中的N4会话修改消息与第十消息是同一条消息。
S403b、在根据S402b为第一UE的第一PDU会话配置用于传输第一业务的QoS流之后，SMF调用第一AMF提供的服务，向第一AMF发送消息，该消息中包括向接入网设备以及第一UE分别发送的用于为第一UE的第一PDU会话配置用于传输第一业务的QoS流的信息。相应的，第一AMF从SMF接收该消息。第一AMF是服务于第一PDU会话的SMF，第一AMF提供的服务例如为Namf_N1N2transfer，图4中将该消息称为N1N2传输消息。本申请实施例中，服务于第一PDU会话的SMF与服务于第二PDU会话的SMF例如为同一个SMF。其中，向接入网设备发送的用于为第一UE的第一PDU会话配置用于传输第一业务的QoS流的信息包括UPF向该QoS流分配的CN tunnel信息。
可选的，第二AMF还可以向SMF发送响应。
S404b、第一AMF向第一接入网设备发送消息。相应的，第一接入网设备从第一AMF接收该消息。第一接入网设备是服务于第一UE的接入网设备。该消息例如为N2 message，图4以此为例，该N2 message也可称为第三消息，该N2 message可包括SMF向第一UE发送的NAS message(第十消息)。例如，该N2 message包括SMF为第一UE配置的应用传输第一业务的QoS流的信息，例如QFI等。
S405b、第一接入网设备向第一UE发送消息。相应的，第一UE从第一接入网设备接收该消息。该消息中包括来自SMF向第一UE发送的NAS message(PDU session modification command，S403b的N1N2传输消息中SMF向第一UE发送的部分)。该消息例如为接入网专用资源建立(AN specific resource setup)消息，图4以此为例，在AN specific resource setup中可包括第一接入网设备根据S403b的N1N2传输消息中SMF向第一接入网设备发送的QoS流的信息配置的无线承载，还包括PDU session modification command，PDU session modification command例如包括第一PDU会话的ID以及第一PDU会话对应的QoS rule等信息。
可选的，第一UE还可以向第一接入网设备发送响应。
S406b、第一接入网设备向第一AMF发送消息。相应的，第一AMF从第一接入网设备接收该消息。该消息例如为N2 PDU session response，图4以此为例，该消息中包括第一接入网设备为传输第一业务的QoS流分配的AN tunnel信息。
S407b、第一AMF调用SMF提供的服务，以向SMF发送消息。相应的，SMF从第一AMF接收该消息。SMF提供的服务例如为Nsmf_PDUSession_Update。在图4中，例如将该消息称为PDU会话更新消息。
S408b、SMF向UPF发送消息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收该消息。该消息例如为N4session modification消息，图4以此为例。该消息可包括第一接入网设备为传输第一业务的QoS流分配的AN tunnel信息。
可选的，UPF接收该N4 session modification消息后，还可以向SMF发送响应。
可选的，该N4 session modification消息还可以指示通过第一隧道和第二隧道在不同的UE之间转移数据，或者指示向不同的UE发送相同的数据，关于第一隧道和第二隧道等特征的介绍可参考S402b。
可选的，SMF还可以向UPF发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息可指示将第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道设置为第一隧道或第二隧道，或者，指示第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道为第一隧道和第二隧道；或者，第二指示信息可指示将第一业务的数据流通过第一QoS流或第二QoS流传输，或者将第一业务的数据流通过第一QoS流和第二QoS流传输。关于这部分内容也可参考S402b。
在如上的方式中，N4会话的修改是通过指示UPF修改隧道或QoS流实现的，或者还有一种方式，N4会话的修改也可以通过向UPF更新multi-UE rule来实现，在这种情况下，该N4 session modification消息还是可以指示修改N4会话且分配第二隧道，但是可以不指示业务的转移或共享。例如，SMF向UPF发送更新的multi-UE rule，该multi-UE rule可指示将第一业务从第一UE转移到第二UE，UPF根据该multi-UE rule，可将第一业务的下行数据发送到第二UE对应的接入网隧道；或者，该multi-UE rule可指示将第一业务从第二UE转移到第一UE，UPF根据该multi-UE rule，可将第一业务的下行数据发送到第一UE对应的接入网隧道。或者，该multi-UE rule可指示将第一业务转移到第一UE和第二UE，UPF根据该multi-UE rule，可将第一业务的下行数据发送到第一UE对应的接入网隧道和第二UE对应的接入网隧道。
另外在S401中，是以第二UE向SMF发送第一业务的信息为例。或者还有一种可能，第二UE可将第一业务的信息(或，第一业务的信息和第一处理方式)发送给第一UE，由第一UE向SMF发送第一业务的信息(或，发送第一业务的信息和第一处理方式)，即，由第一UE来发起PDU会话修改流程。
从图4中可以看出，在执行图4所示的实施例之前，应用服务器是向第二UE发送第一业务的数据。在执行图4所示的实施例之后，应用服务器可以向第一UE和第二UE发送第一业务的数据(第二PDU会话的业务数据在第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话上共享)，或者，应用服务器可以向第一UE发送第一业务的数据，而不再向第二UE发送第一业务的数据(第二PDU会话的业务数据转移到第一PDU会话)。
本申请实施例中，由于第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话具有关联关系，因此第一PDU会话的业务数据可以转移到第二PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够转移到第一PDU会话，或者第二PDU会话的业务数据能够在第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话上共享。而无论如何转移或共享，第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话都是已建立的PDU会话，在进行媒体转移或共享时无需先建立会话后再进行转移，而是可以直接进行转移或共享，由此减小了媒体转移或共享过程中业务中断的时间，甚至在媒体转移或共享过程中业务无 需中断，提高了业务的传输质量，也提高了用户体验。
在图2、图3以及图4所示的实施例中，第一UE是先建立了第一PDU会话，之后再进行业务的转移或共享。而还有一种可能，第一UE可以在建立第一PDU会话的过程中进行业务的转移或共享，这样第一UE可无需再执行后续的PDU会话修改流程，能够简化业务转移或共享的过程，提高处理效率。为此，本申请实施例提供第四种通信方法，以介绍该过程。请参考图6，为该方法的流程图。
S601、第二UE向第一UE发送转移请求。相应的，第一UE从第二UE接收转移请求。
该转移请求例如用于请求将第二UE的第一业务转移到第一UE，或请求将第一业务在第一UE和第二UE上共享。该转移请求可包括第二PDU会话的标识、第二UE的标识(例如，第二UE的第一标识或第二UE的第二标识)、以及第一业务的信息。可选的，该转移请求还可包括连接参数。关于这些特征的介绍可参考前述任一个实施例。
S602、第一UE向第二UE发送响应消息。相应的，第二UE可从第一UE接收该响应消息。该响应消息可用于指示是否允许第一业务的转移或共享。例如该响应消息还包括第一UE的标识(例如，第一UE的第一标识或第二UE的第二标识)。
S603、第二UE向SMF发送第一业务的信息。相应的，SMF接收第一业务的信息。SMF接收第一业务的信息后，可存储第一业务的信息。
关于S603的更多内容，可参考图4所示的实施例中的S401。
例如第二UE是通过发起PDU会话修改流程向SMF发送第一业务的信息，则接下来可执行第二UE的N4会话修改流程，可参考图4所示的实施例的介绍，此处不多赘述。
S604、第二UE向第一UE发送触发消息。相应的，第一UE从第二UE接收该触发消息。
该触发消息可指示建立PDU会话。因为第二UE认为需要转移或共享第一业务，因此第二UE可触发第二UE建立PDU会话。
S605、第一UE向第一AMF发送第一消息。相应的，第一AMF从第一UE接收第一消息。第一消息可请求为第一UE建立PDU会话，例如将该PDU会话称为第一PDU会话。
关于S605的更多内容，可参考图2所示的实施例中的S201。
S606、第一AMF根据第二UE的标识(例如，第二UE的第一标识)和第二PDU会话的标识，为第一PDU会话选择SMF。
关于S606的更多内容，可参考图2所示的实施例中的S203。
S607、第一AMF向SMF发送第五消息。相应的，SMF从第一AMF接收第五消息。第五消息可请求为第一UE建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话。
关于S607的更多内容，可参考图2所示的实施例中的S204。
S608、SMF确定是否为第一UE建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
关于S608的更多内容，可参考图2所示的实施例中的S205。
S609、SMF向UPF发送第十消息。相应的，UPF从SMF接收第十消息。
关于S609的更多内容，可参考图4所示的实施例中的S402b。
S610、SMF向第一UE发送用于接受建立第一PDU会话的消息。相应的，第一UE从SMF接收用于接受建立第一PDU会话的消息。该消息例如包括PDU session establishment accept，PDU session establishment accept可用于指示接受建立第一PDU会话。
SMF向UE发送消息，一般需要通过AMF转发。因此，SMF可调用第一AMF提供 的服务，向第一AMF发送该PDU session establishment accept，该服务例如为Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer服务。第一AMF接收该PDU session establishment accept后，再向第一UE发送第二消息，第二消息可包括该PDU session establishment accept。可选的，第二消息还可包括SMF为第一UE配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流的信息，例如QFI等。例如，第一AMF所发送的第二消息为N2信息(N2 message)，但是该N2信息是发给第一接入网设备，该N2信息包括该PDU session establishment accept，该N2信息例如为N2 PDU会话请求(N2 PDU session request)。第一接入网设备接收该N2信息后，再通过RRC信息(RRC message)向UE发送该PDU session establishment accept，该RRC信息例如为接入网专用资源建立(AN specific resource setup)。其中，PDU session establishment accept可以包括在container中，Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer、N2 PDU session request、以及AN specific resource setup中均包括该container。
关于S610的更多内容，可参考图2所示的实施例中的S209。
或者，也可以不执行S603～S605，第一UE从第二UE接收转移请求后，可以发起建立第一PDU会话的过程，例如第一UE通过用于请求建立PDU会话的消息向SMF发送第一业务的信息。
其中，S601～S604、S607～S609是可选的步骤。
从图6中可以看出，在执行图6所示的实施例之前，应用服务器是向第二UE发送第一业务的数据。在执行图6所示的实施例之后，应用服务器可以向第一UE和第二UE发送第一业务的数据(第二PDU会话的业务数据在第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话上共享)，或者，应用服务器可以向第一UE发送第一业务的数据，而不再向第二UE发送第一业务的数据(第二PDU会话的业务数据转移到第一PDU会话)。
通过本申请实施例提供的方法，可以在第一UE的PDU会话建立过程中实现业务的转移或共享，相较于前述的方案来说，这种方法可以节省执行步骤，提高效率。
例如，用户在回家路上使用手机观看某网站上的视频，手机与该视频的应用服务器之间建立了第二PDU会话，以传输该视频。回到家后用户打开智能电视机，在此之前，使用智能电视机登录同一个账号，以继续观看该视频。而在此之前，智能电视机已经与该视频的应用服务器之间建立了第一PDU会话，且第一PDU会话与第二PDU会话具有关联关系。那么，用户在使用智能电视机继续观看视频时，智能电视机无需再与该视频的应用服务器建立连接后，而是可以直接播放该视频，也就是说，在此媒体转移的过程中，当使用下一个设备继续接收媒体信息时，上一个设备上的业务可直接转移到下一个设备，减少了业务中断的时间，提高了用户体验。
又例如，手机与PC属于一个UE组，手机确定可能会与该UE组内的其他UE之间进行业务的转移或共享，则手机在为手机上的视频应用建立PDU会话时，可触发建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第二PDU会话。例如手机认为可能会向PC进行业务的转移或共享，则手机可将需转移或共享的业务的信息发送给PC，PC可建立具有关联关系的PDU会话，例如第一PDU会话。初始时，用户通过手机播放视频应用所提供的视频，该视频应用是手机所确定的可能进行转移或共享的应用，第二PDU会话可传输该视频。接着，手机通过与PC的直连通信路径(例如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)直连等)，将手机上播放的视频投屏到PC上播放，同时手机上也继续保持播放该视频，相当于将该视频 在第二PDU会话和第一PDU会话上共享。在此过程中，如果手机要退出投屏，则手机直接退出即可，例如手机退出后，该视频可从共享模式切换为单独播放模式，即，该视频切换为通过第一PDU会话传输。即，在无线投屏过程中，投屏设备(例如手机)可以退出，不会影响被投屏设备(例如PC)的输出。这样减小了投屏过程对于投屏设备的依赖，使得投屏的应用更为灵活。
图7给出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。所述通信装置700可以是图2所示的实施例、图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例、或图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的终端设备或该终端设备的电路系统，用于实现上述方法实施例中对应于终端设备的方法。所述终端设备例如为第一终端设备或第二终端设备。或者，所述通信装置700可以是图2所示的实施例、图3所示的实施例、图4所示的实施例、或图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的网络设备或该网络设备的电路系统，用于实现上述方法实施例中对应于网络设备的方法。所述网络设备例如为第一网络设备、第二网络设备或第四网络设备等。具体的功能可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。其中，例如一种电路系统为芯片系统。
该通信装置700包括至少一个处理器701，通信线路702，以及至少一个通信接口704。作为一种可选的实施方式，该通信装置700还可以包括存储器703。因为存储器703不是必须包括的功能模块，而只是可选包括的功能模块，因此在图7中用虚线框表示。
处理器701可以包括一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。
通信线路702可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。
通信接口704，使用任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网，无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)，无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)，有线接入网等。
存储器703可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器703可以是独立存在，通过通信线路702与处理器701相连接。或者，存储器703也可以和处理器701集成在一起。
其中，存储器703用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令，并由处理器701来控制执行。处理器701用于执行存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令，从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的通信方法。
可选的，本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器701可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图7中的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，通信装置700可以包括多个处理器，例如图7中的处理器701和处理器708。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器，也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
当图7所示的装置为芯片时，例如是接入网设备的芯片，或UPF的芯片，或SMF的芯片，或终端设备的芯片，则该芯片包括处理器701(还可以包括处理器708)、通信线路702、存储器703和通信接口704。具体地，通信接口704可以是输入接口、管脚或电路等。存储器703可以是寄存器、缓存等。处理器701和处理器708可以是一个通用的CPU，微处理器，ASIC，或一个或多个用于控制上述任一实施例的通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对装置进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。比如，在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下，图8示出了一种装置示意图，该装置800可以是上述各个方法实施例中所涉及的接入网设备、UPF、SMF或终端设备，或者为接入网设备中的芯片、SMF中的芯片、UPF中的芯片或终端设备中的芯片。该装置800包括发送单元801、处理单元802和接收单元803。
应理解，该装置800可以用于实现本申请实施例的方法中由接入网设备、UPF、SMF或终端设备执行的步骤，相关特征可以参照上文的各个实施例，此处不再赘述。
可选的，图8中的发送单元801、接收单元803以及处理单元802的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者，图8中的处理单元802的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现，图8中的发送单元801和接收单元803的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的通信接口704来实现。
可选的，当该装置800是芯片或电路时，则发送单元801和接收单元803的功能/实现过程还可以通过管脚或电路等来实现。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit， ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array，FPGA)，或其它可编程逻辑装置，离散门或晶体管逻辑，离散硬件部件，或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器，可选地，该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现，例如数字信号处理器和微处理器，多个微处理器，一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核，或任何其它类似的配置来实现。
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地，存储媒介可以与处理器连接，以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息，并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地，存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中，ASIC可以设置于终端设备中。可选地，处理器和存储媒介也可以设置于终端设备中的不同的部件中。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请实施例进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本申请实施例和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请实施例的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请实施例范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的范围。这样，倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请实施例权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请实施例也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。
实施例1.一种通信方法，应用于第一终端设备，包括：
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话，所述第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识用于所述第一网络设备选择第二网络设备或为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；
从第一网络设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的信息。
实施例2.根据实施例1所述的方法，所述第一消息还包括会话建立请求消息，其中，
所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述会话建立请求消息中；或，
所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述第一消息中，但不包括在所述会话建立请求消息中；或，
所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述会话建立请求消息中，以及包括在所述第一消息内除所述会话建立请求消息之外的承载空间中。
实施例3.根据实施例1或2所述的方法，所述第一消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数 用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例4.根据实施例1～3任一项所述的方法，所述第二消息还包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例5.根据实施例1～4任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
从所述第二终端设备接收所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识。
实施例6.根据实施例1～5任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
从所述第二终端设备接收第一业务的信息，所述第一业务为从待从所述第二终端设备转移到目标终端设备的业务，所述目标终端设备包括所述第一终端设备，或包括所述第二终端设备和所述第一终端设备。
实施例7.根据实施例1～6任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
从所述第二终端设备接收连接参数，所述连接参数包括所述第二PDU会话对应的切片信息和/或数据网络名称DNN。
实施例8.根据实施例1～7任一项所述的方法，所述第二消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述第一终端设备配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。
实施例9.根据实施例1～7任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
从第一网络设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述第一终端设备配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。
实施例10.根据实施例8或9所述的方法，所述QoS流信息包括QoS流的标识，所述QoS流的标识与所述第二终端设备传输所述第一业务的QoS流的标识相同或者不同。
实施例11.根据实施例1～10所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一业务的信息，所述第一业务的信息包括所述第一业务的标识和/或用于描述所述第一业务的数据流的包信息。
实施例12.根据实施例11所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第二网络设备发送第一处理方式，其中，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输；或，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备上传输。
实施例13.根据实施例1～12任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第二终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立完毕，和/或用于触发PDU会话的数据处理过程。
实施例14.一种通信方法，应用于第二终端设备，所述方法包括：
向第一网络设备发送第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立第二PDU会话，所述第六消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第二终端设备请求建立的所述第二PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话和/或用于选择第二网络设备；
从所述第一网络设备接收第八消息，所述第八消息包括用于接受建立所述第二PDU 会话的信息。
实施例15.根据实施例14所述的方法，所述第八消息还包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第二PDU会话与其他终端设备的PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第二PDU会话和所述其他终端设备的PDU会话上传输，所述其他终端设备的PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话具有关联关系，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例16.根据实施例14或15所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识。
实施例17.根据实施例14～16任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第一终端设备发送第一业务的信息，所述第一业务为从待从所述第二终端设备转移到目标终端设备的业务，所述目标终端设备包括所述第一终端设备，或包括所述第二终端设备和所述第一终端设备。
实施例18.根据实施例14～17任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第一终端设备发送连接参数，所述连接参数包括所述第二PDU会话对应的切片信息和/或数据网络名称DNN。
实施例19.根据实施例14～18任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向第二网络设备发送第一业务的信息，所述第一业务的信息包括所述第一业务的标识和/或用于描述所述第一业务的数据流的包信息。
实施例20.根据实施例19所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第二网络设备发送第一处理方式，其中，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在其他终端设备的PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在其他终端设备的PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输；或者，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备上传输；
其中，所述其他终端设备的PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话具有关联关系。
实施例21.根据实施例19或20所述的方法，在向第二网络设备发送第一业务的信息之前，还包括：
从第一终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立完毕，和/或用于触发PDU会话的数据处理过程。
实施例22.一种通信方法，应用于第一网络设备，所述方法包括：
接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话；
根据所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，为所述第一PDU会话选择第二网络设备，所述第二网络设备是服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备。
实施例23.根据实施例22所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第一终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的信息。
实施例24.根据实施例22或23所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
所述第一消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例25.根据实施例22～24任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第一终端设备发送第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例26.根据实施例25所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
获得所述第一终端设备的签约信息；
根据所述第一终端设备的签约信息确定能够为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例27.根据实施例22～26任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向第三网络设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息用于请求获得服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备的信息；
从所述第三网络设备接收所述第二网络设备的标识。
实施例28.根据实施例22～27任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第二网络设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话。
实施例29.根据实施例28所述的方法，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第一PDU会话建立关联关系。
实施例30.根据实施例22～29任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
存储关联关系信息，所述关联关系信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话之间的关联关系。
实施例31.根据实施例22～30任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
接收第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立第二PDU会话，所述第六消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第二终端设备请求建立的所述第二PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话；
选择支持具有关联关系的PDU会话的所述第二网络设备；
向所述第二网络设备发送第七消息，所述第七消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立具有关联关系的第二PDU会话。
实施例32.根据实施例31所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第二终端设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息包括用于接受建立所述第二PDU会话的信息。
实施例33.一种通信方法，应用于第二网络设备，所述方法包括：
从第一网络设备接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话，所述第五消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话，所述第五消息用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；
向所述第一终端设备发送用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息。
实施例34.根据实施例33所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
根据所述第一终端设备的签约信息，确定所述第一终端设备支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例35.根据实施例33或34所述的方法，所述用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例36.根据实施例33～35任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
为所述第一PDU会话分配与所述第二PDU会话相同的IP地址。
实施例37.根据实施例33～36任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
从所述第一网络设备接收第七消息，所述第七消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立具有关联关系的第二PDU会话。
实施例38.根据实施例37所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第二终端设备发送第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例39.根据实施例33～38任一项所述的方法，所述第五消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例40.根据实施例33～39任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向第四网络设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联；
向所述第四网络设备发送第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据；
其中，所述N4会话与所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例41.根据实施例33～39任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向第四网络设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联；
向所述第四网络设备发送第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据；
其中，所述N4会话与所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例42.根据实施例40或41所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第四网络设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道设置为第一隧道或所述第二隧道，或者，指示所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道为第一隧道和所述第二隧道。
实施例43.根据实施例40或41所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
向所述第四网络设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流或所述第二QoS流传输，或者将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流传输。
实施例44.根据实施例40～43任一项所述的方法，所述第九消息还用于指示激活TCP代理功能。
实施例45.根据实施例40～44任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
接收第一业务的参数；
接收第一处理方式，其中，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输；或者，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备上传输。
实施例46.根据实施例40、42～45任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
为所述第一终端设备配置所述第一QoS流，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例47.根据实施例41～45任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
为所述第一终端设备配置所述第一QoS流，所述第一QoS流与所述第二QoS流不同，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例48.一种通信方法，应用于第四网络设备，所述方法包括：
从第二网络设备接收第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联，所述N4会话与第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流；
从所述第二网络设备接收第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，其中，
所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流还与所述第一PDU会话关联；或，
所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例49.根据实施例48所述的方法，所述第九消息还用于指示激活TCP代理功能。
实施例50.根据实施例49所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
为所述第二终端设备激活所述TCP代理功能，所述TCP代理功能适用于所述第二终 端设备的全部业务；或，
为所述第一业务激活所述TCP代理功能。
实施例51.根据实施例47～49任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
从所述第二网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道设置为第一隧道或所述第二隧道，或者，指示所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道为第一隧道和所述第二隧道。
实施例52.根据实施例47～49任一项所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
从所述第二网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流或所述第二QoS流传输，或者将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流传输。
实施例53.一种通信方法，包括：
第一网络设备接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话；
所述第一网络设备根据所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，为所述第一PDU会话选择第二网络设备，并向所述第二网络设备发送第五消息，所述第二网络设备是服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备，所述第五消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的所述第一PDU会话，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，所述第五消息用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；
所述第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联，所述N4会话与第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流；
所述第二网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息。
实施例54.根据实施例53所述的方法，所述方法还包括：
所述第二网络设备向所述第四网络设备发送第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，其中，
所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流还与所述第一PDU会话关联；或，
所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例55.一种通信装置，包括：
发送单元，用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为所述通信装置建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话，所述第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标 识用于所述第一网络设备选择第二网络设备或为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；
接收单元，用于从第一网络设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的信息。
实施例56.根据实施例55所述的通信装置，所述第一消息还包括会话建立请求消息，其中，
所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述会话建立请求消息中；或，
所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述第一消息中，但不包括在所述会话建立请求消息中；或，
所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述会话建立请求消息中，以及包括在所述第一消息内除所述会话建立请求消息之外的承载空间中。
实施例57.根据实施例55或56所述的通信装置，所述第一消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述通信装置请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例58.根据实施例55～57任一项所述的通信装置，所述第二消息还包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例59.根据实施例55～58任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于从所述第二终端设备接收所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识。
实施例60.根据实施例55～59任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于从所述第二终端设备接收第一业务的信息，所述第一业务为从待从所述第二终端设备转移到目标终端设备的业务，所述目标终端设备包括所述通信装置，或包括所述第二终端设备和所述通信装置。
实施例61.根据实施例55～60任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于从所述第二终端设备接收连接参数，所述连接参数包括所述第二PDU会话对应的切片信息和/或数据网络名称DNN。
实施例62.根据实施例55～61任一项所述的通信装置，所述第二消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述通信装置配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。
实施例63.根据实施例55～62任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于从第一网络设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述通信装置配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。
实施例64.根据实施例62或63所述的通信装置，所述QoS流信息包括QoS流的标识，所述QoS流的标识与所述第二终端设备传输所述第一业务的QoS流的标识相同或者不同。
实施例65.根据实施例55～64任一项所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一业务的信息，所述第一业务的信息包括所述第一业务的标识和/或用于描述所述第一业务的数据流的包信息。
实施例66.根据实施例65所述的通信装置，
所述发送单元，还用于向所述第二网络设备发送第一处理方式，其中，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输；或，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述通信装置和所述第二终端设备之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述通信装置和所述第二终端设备上传输。
实施例67.根据实施例55～66任一项所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立完毕，和/或用于触发PDU会话的数据处理过程。
实施例68.一种通信装置，包括：
发送单元，用于向第一网络设备发送第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立第二PDU会话，所述第六消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述通信装置请求建立的所述第二PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话和/或用于选择第二网络设备；
接收单元，用于从所述第一网络设备接收第八消息，所述第八消息包括用于接受建立所述第二PDU会话的信息。
实施例69.根据实施例68所述的通信装置，所述第八消息还包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第二PDU会话与其他终端设备的PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第二PDU会话和所述其他终端设备的PDU会话上传输，所述其他终端设备的PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话具有关联关系，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例70.根据实施例68或69所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送所述通信装置的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识。
实施例71.根据实施例68～70任一项所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一业务的信息，所述第一业务为从待从所述通信装置转移到目标终端设备的业务，所述目标终端设备包括所述第一终端设备，或包括所述通信装置和所述第一终端设备。
实施例72.根据实施例68～71任一项所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送连接参数，所述连接参数包括所述第二PDU会话对应的切片信息和/或数据网络名称DNN。
实施例73.根据实施例68～72任一项所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向第二网络设备发送第一业务的信息，所述第一业务的信息包括所述第一业务的标识和/或用于描述所述第一业务的数据流的包信息。
实施例74.根据实施例73所述的通信装置，
所述发送单元，还用于向所述第二网络设备发送第一处理方式，其中，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在其他终端设备的PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在其他终端设备的PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输；或者，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述通信装置之 间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述通信装置上传输；
其中，所述其他终端设备的PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话具有关联关系。
实施例75.根据实施例73或74所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于在所述发送单元向第二网络设备发送第一业务的信息之前，从第一终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立完毕，和/或用于触发PDU会话的数据处理过程。
实施例76.一种通信装置，包括：
接收单元，用于接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话；
处理单元，用于根据所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，为所述第一PDU会话选择第二网络设备，所述第二网络设备是服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备。
实施例77.根据实施例76所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括发送单元，用于向所述第一终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的信息。
实施例78.根据实施例76或77所述的通信装置，所述第一消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例79.根据实施例76～78任一项所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括发送单元，用于向所述第一终端设备发送第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例80.根据实施例79所述的通信装置，所述处理单元还用于：
获得所述第一终端设备的签约信息；
根据所述第一终端设备的签约信息确定能够为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例81.根据实施例76～80任一项所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括发送单元；
所述发送单元，用于向第三网络设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息用于请求获得服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备的信息；
所述接收单元，还用于从所述第三网络设备接收所述第二网络设备的标识。
实施例82.根据实施例76～81任一项所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括发送单元，用于向所述第二网络设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话。
实施例83.根据实施例82所述的通信装置，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第一PDU会话建立关联关系。
实施例84.根据实施例76～83任一项所述的通信装置，所述处理单元，还用于存储关联关系信息，所述关联关系信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话之间的 关联关系。
实施例85.根据实施例76～84任一项所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括发送单元；
所述接收单元，还用于接收第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立第二PDU会话，所述第六消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第二终端设备请求建立的所述第二PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话；
所述处理单元，还用于选择支持具有关联关系的PDU会话的所述第二网络设备；
所述发送单元，用于向所述第二网络设备发送第七消息，所述第七消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立具有关联关系的第二PDU会话。
实施例86.根据实施例85所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括发送单元，用于向所述第二终端设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息包括用于接受建立所述第二PDU会话的信息。
实施例87.一种通信装置，包括：
接收单元，用于从第一网络设备接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话，所述第五消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话，所述第五消息用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；
发送单元，用于向所述第一终端设备发送用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息。
实施例88.根据实施例87所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括处理单元，用于根据所述第一终端设备的签约信息，确定所述第一终端设备支持建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例89.根据实施例87或88所述的通信装置，所述用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例90.根据实施例87～89任一项所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括处理单元，用于为所述第一PDU会话分配与所述第二PDU会话相同的IP地址。
实施例91.根据实施例87～90任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于从所述第一网络设备接收第七消息，所述第七消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立具有关联关系的第二PDU会话。
实施例92.根据实施例91所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
实施例93.根据实施例87～92任一项所述的通信装置，所述第五消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
实施例94.根据实施例87～93任一项所述的通信装置，所述发送单元还用于：
向第四网络设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧 道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联；
向所述第四网络设备发送第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据；
其中，所述N4会话与所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例95.根据实施例87～93任一项所述的通信装置，所述发送单元还用于：
向第四网络设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联；
向所述第四网络设备发送第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据；
其中，所述N4会话与所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例96.根据实施例94或95所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第四网络设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道设置为第一隧道或所述第二隧道，或者，指示所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道为第一隧道和所述第二隧道。
实施例97.根据实施例94或95所述的通信装置，所述发送单元，还用于向所述第四网络设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流或所述第二QoS流传输，或者将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流传输。
实施例98.根据实施例94～97任一项所述的通信装置，所述第九消息还用于指示激活TCP代理功能。
实施例99.根据实施例94～98任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元还用于：
接收第一业务的参数；
接收第一处理方式，其中，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输；或者，
所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备上传输。
实施例100.根据实施例94、96～99任一项所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括处理单元，用于为所述第一终端设备配置所述第一QoS流，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例101.根据实施例95～99任一项所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括处理单元，用于为所述第一终端设备配置所述第一QoS流，所述第一QoS流与所述第二QoS流不同，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例102.一种通信装置，包括：
接收单元，用于从第二网络设备接收第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联，所述N4会话与第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流；
所述接收单元，还用于从所述第二网络设备接收第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，其中，
所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流还与所述第一PDU会话关联；或，
所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例103.根据实施例102所述的通信装置，所述第九消息还用于指示激活TCP代理功能。
实施例104.根据实施例103所述的通信装置，所述通信装置还包括处理单元，用于为所述第二终端设备激活所述TCP代理功能，所述TCP代理功能适用于所述第二终端设备的全部业务；或，
为所述第一业务激活所述TCP代理功能。
实施例105.根据实施例101～103任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于从所述第二网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道设置为第一隧道或所述第二隧道，或者，指示所述第一QoS流对应的接入网隧道为第一隧道和所述第二隧道。
实施例106.根据实施例101～103任一项所述的通信装置，所述接收单元，还用于从所述第二网络设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流或所述第二QoS流传输，或者将所述第一业务的数据流通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流传输。
实施例107.一种通信系统，包括第一网络设备、第二网络设备和第四网络设备，其中，
所述第一网络设备，用于接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话；
所述第一网络设备，还用于根据所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，为所述第一PDU会话选择所述第二网络设备，并向所述第二网络设备发送第五消息，所述第二网络设备是服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备，所述第五消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的所述第一PDU会话，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，所述第五消息用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；
所述第二网络设备，用于向所述第四网络设备发送第九消息，所述第九消息用于请求 建立N4会话并且分配第一隧道，所述第一隧道与第一QoS流关联，所述N4会话与第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流；
所述第二网络设备，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的消息。
实施例108.根据实施例107所述的通信系统，
所述第二网络设备，还用于向所述第四网络设备发送第十消息，所述第十消息用于修改所述N4会话并且分配第二隧道，其中，
所述第二隧道与所述第一QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一隧道和所述第二隧道在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流还与所述第一PDU会话关联；或，
所述第二隧道与第二QoS流关联，所述第十消息还指示通过所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流在不同的终端设备间转移数据，或者向不同的终端设备发送相同的数据，其中，所述N4会话还与第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流与所述第二PDU会话关联，所述第二QoS流与所述第一PDU会话关联，所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流用于传输第一业务的数据流。
实施例109.一种装置，包含用于执行本申请任一实施例所介绍的方法的单元。
实施例110.一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如实施例1～13中任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如实施例14～21中任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如实施例22～32中任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如实施例33～47中任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如实施例48～52中任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如实施例53～54中任一项所述的方法。

Claims (26)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第一终端设备，所述方法包括：
    发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话，所述第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识用于所述第一网络设备选择第二网络设备或为所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话建立关联关系；
    从第一网络设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一消息还包括会话建立请求消息，其中，
    所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述会话建立请求消息中；或，
    所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述第一消息中，但不包括在所述会话建立请求消息中；或，
    所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识包括在所述会话建立请求消息中，以及包括在所述第一消息内除所述会话建立请求消息之外的承载空间中。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
  4. 根据权利要求1～3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二消息还包括第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
  5. 根据权利要求1～4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    从所述第二终端设备接收所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识。
  6. 根据权利要求1～5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    从所述第二终端设备接收第一业务的信息，所述第一业务为从待从所述第二终端设备转移到目标终端设备的业务，所述目标终端设备包括所述第一终端设备，或包括所述第二终端设备和所述第一终端设备。
  7. 根据权利要求1～6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    从所述第二终端设备接收连接参数，所述连接参数包括所述第二PDU会话对应的切片信息和/或数据网络名称DNN。
  8. 根据权利要求1～7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述第一终端设备配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。
  9. 根据权利要求1～7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    从第一网络设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息包括所述第二网络设备为所述第一终端 设备配置的用于传输第一业务的QoS流信息。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述QoS流信息包括QoS流的标识，所述QoS流的标识与所述第二终端设备传输所述第一业务的QoS流的标识相同或者不同。
  11. 根据权利要求1～10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一业务的信息，所述第一业务的信息包括所述第一业务的标识和/或用于描述所述第一业务的数据流的包信息。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二网络设备发送第一处理方式，其中，
    所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输；或，
    所述第一处理方式为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备之间转移，或为将所述第一业务的数据在所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备上传输。
  13. 根据权利要求1～12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立完毕，和/或用于触发PDU会话的数据处理过程。
  14. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第一网络设备，所述方法包括：
    接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求为第一终端设备建立第一PDU会话，所述第一消息还包括第二终端设备的标识以及第二PDU会话的标识，所述第二PDU会话为所述第二终端设备的PDU会话；
    根据所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，为所述第一PDU会话选择第二网络设备，所述第二网络设备是服务于所述第二PDU会话的网络设备。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于接受建立所述第一PDU会话的信息。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第一终端设备请求建立的所述第一PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话。
  17. 根据权利要求14～16任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送第二参数，所述第二参数用于指示PDU会话执行数据处理的方式，执行所述数据处理的方式包括将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话之间转移，或者将业务数据在所述第一PDU会话和所述第二PDU会话上传输，其中，具有关联关系的PDU会话之间能够执行所述数据处理。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    获得所述第一终端设备的签约信息；
    根据所述第一终端设备的签约信息确定能够为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的PDU会话。
  19. 根据权利要求14～18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向第三网络设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息用于请求获得服务于所述第二PDU会 话的网络设备的信息；
    从所述第三网络设备接收所述第二网络设备的标识。
  20. 根据权利要求14～19任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二网络设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于请求为所述第一终端设备建立具有关联关系的第一PDU会话。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第五消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识以及所述第二PDU会话的标识，用于指示为所述第一PDU会话与所述第一PDU会话建立关联关系。
  22. 根据权利要求14～21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    存储关联关系信息，所述关联关系信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话与所述第二PDU会话之间的关联关系。
  23. 根据权利要求14～22任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第六消息，所述第六消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立第二PDU会话，所述第六消息包括第一参数，所述第一参数用于指示所述第二终端设备请求建立的所述第二PDU会话为具有关联关系的PDU会话；
    选择支持具有关联关系的PDU会话的所述第二网络设备；
    向所述第二网络设备发送第七消息，所述第七消息用于请求为所述第二终端设备建立具有关联关系的第二PDU会话。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二终端设备发送第八消息，所述第八消息包括用于接受建立所述第二PDU会话的信息。
  25. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器；所述存储器用于存储一个或多个计算机程序，所述一个或多个计算机程序包括计算机执行指令，当所述通信装置运行时，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述一个或多个计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1～13中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求14～24中任一项所述的方法。
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1～13中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求14～24中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/111533 2021-08-25 2022-08-10 一种通信方法及装置 WO2023024910A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110982180.8 2021-08-25
CN202110982180 2021-08-25
CN202111277521.8A CN115734398A (zh) 2021-08-25 2021-10-30 一种通信方法及装置
CN202111277521.8 2021-10-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023024910A1 true WO2023024910A1 (zh) 2023-03-02

Family

ID=85292474

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/111533 WO2023024910A1 (zh) 2021-08-25 2022-08-10 一种通信方法及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115734398A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023024910A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080084867A1 (en) * 2006-09-25 2008-04-10 George Foti Method and server for transferring a multimedia session from a first terminal to a second terminal
WO2008086734A1 (fr) * 2007-01-16 2008-07-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Procédé de lecture de ressources multimédia, système, terminal et serveur
US20090222874A1 (en) * 2008-02-29 2009-09-03 Motorola, Inc. Method, device and system for session mobility of internet protocol television (iptv) content between end user communication devices
US20140189055A1 (en) * 2012-12-31 2014-07-03 Uniloc Luxembourg S.A. Migration of usage sessions between devices
US20150245398A1 (en) * 2012-10-25 2015-08-27 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method for transferring a communication session between devices
CN107529075A (zh) * 2017-07-25 2017-12-29 触信（厦门）智能科技有限公司 跨屏续播方法、系统、服务器、设备和跨屏续播的设备

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080084867A1 (en) * 2006-09-25 2008-04-10 George Foti Method and server for transferring a multimedia session from a first terminal to a second terminal
WO2008086734A1 (fr) * 2007-01-16 2008-07-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Procédé de lecture de ressources multimédia, système, terminal et serveur
US20090222874A1 (en) * 2008-02-29 2009-09-03 Motorola, Inc. Method, device and system for session mobility of internet protocol television (iptv) content between end user communication devices
US20150245398A1 (en) * 2012-10-25 2015-08-27 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method for transferring a communication session between devices
US20140189055A1 (en) * 2012-12-31 2014-07-03 Uniloc Luxembourg S.A. Migration of usage sessions between devices
CN107529075A (zh) * 2017-07-25 2017-12-29 触信（厦门）智能科技有限公司 跨屏续播方法、系统、服务器、设备和跨屏续播的设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115734398A (zh) 2023-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11528591B2 (en) Network slicing-based communication method and network slicing-based communications apparatus
JP6995189B2 (ja) データ伝送方法、デバイス、およびシステム
JP2023120188A (ja) ５ｇネットワークでのローカルエリアデータネットワーク（ｌａｄｎ）への接続を管理する方法
WO2019158010A1 (zh) 资源管理的方法、设备及系统
WO2022033558A1 (zh) 一种中继管理方法及通信装置
US20200280892A1 (en) Session context handling method, network element, and terminal device
WO2022017285A1 (zh) 报文转发方法、装置及系统
WO2022111646A1 (zh) 一种算力感知的会话管理方法及通信装置
JP2020507285A (ja) スケジューリング制限による無線技術使用の制御
US20230232196A1 (en) Data communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022033543A1 (zh) 一种中继通信方法及通信装置
JP2018532336A (ja) バックホールリンクの確立方法及び装置
WO2023024910A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022105785A1 (zh) 无线连接建立方法及通信装置
JP7266695B2 (ja) データ伝送方法、装置、及びコンピュータ記憶媒体
WO2020211538A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置
WO2021042381A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及系统
WO2023184193A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质及程序产品
WO2024027320A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、装置和系统
WO2023050828A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023142726A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023137579A1 (zh) 紧急业务的提供方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2024067139A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023082693A1 (zh) 一种保持会话连续性的方法及通信装置
WO2023071320A1 (zh) 一种保障语音业务的方法及通信装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22860256

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022860256

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022860256

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240315

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE